GENERAL RULES

IMPORTANT: The house reserves the right to cancel bets/plays on events that have been affected as a result of team casualties due to the COVID pandemic and/or any other event of force majeure but that does not require the suspension of the entire event. The bets/plays will be canceled and the money corresponding to the bet will be returned to the player's account. Combined bets/plays may also be cancelled.

Whether or not the accepted bet is won is determined by recording the fact that the chosen event or set of events has taken place, considering the outcome (outcome) of the event. The outcome (result) of the event is determined based on the information provided by the Official Organizer and/or the Organizers of the event. If the initial result of the occurred event has been revoked for any reason later, that fact is disregarded and bets are paid according to the initial (actual) results, except for bets placed on the statistical data of the matches, whose Results are being modified within 24 hours of their initial publication. The initial (actual) result is the result announced by the official organizer and/or the organizers of the event immediately after it ends. also the statistical data recorded during the match to the bookmaker and/or scouting organizations) notifying the match participants about the source of information and the results. And within 72 hours after the end of the event, in case of absence of official information and any information from the source that is considered basis for the Organizer or in case of information that is not efficient for calculation, the bets are calculated. for the fee “1”.

All sports rules are clearly defined in this section and are subject to change without notice.
No play can be canceled once the player has confirmed them, either through the mobile application or the website.
In the case of an evident error in the published line, either: Rotation Number, Names, Quotas, Schedules, as well as any eventuality that may result in an alteration of the quotas, the house reserves the right to cancel the bets or plays and consider them as no action or null which means that all the money played in it will be refunded to the player's account.
In the event of an obvious error in the display of the offered bet line or description, the house reserves the right to cancel the bets or plays and consider them as no action or void, which means that all the money played in the same will be refunded to the player's account.
All minimums, maximums and payouts are subject to change without notice. They may be modified for any client with the approval of the administration.

The betting limits are dynamic, this means that they can change based on different factors that are evaluated by the internal systems of our platform.

We reserve the right to cancel bets or withhold payment pending the outcome of any investigation if there is evidence of price or match fixing.

We reserve the right to cancel any bet placed on a line that is clearly 'wrong'.

In live betting markets, odds fluctuate rapidly and may differ from those shown at the time the bet is placed. At crucial moments of a match odds can be temporarily suspended.

All claims/disputes of plays (sports) must be notified within three days of the date the play was made. Claims made after the aforementioned date will not be accepted.
The winner of an event or game will be determined on the date the event takes place.
In the situation in which one or several games were suspended, there are protested or annulled decisions, we reserve the right to decide on the definition of these.
The date and time of the kick-off or start of the play given serve as a reference for the house. Plays may be accepted until the previously established kick-off time.
Plays will not be official until after:

The total regulatory time according to the tournament and sport in question.
The plays made in all periods and quarters are valid only for each one specifically. All plays made in overtime will count for the full overtime, regardless of how many overtimes have passed.

In live and/or pre-match betting, if the game is suspended or ends before the regular betting time, only bets that are already defined during the match will be considered valid.11. En las apuestas en vivo y/o pre-match, si el juego se suspende o termina antes del tiempo reglamentario para apuestas, solo se considerarán válidas las apuestas que ya están definidas durante el encuentro.
Other Sports: All events that have an estimated playing time or time limit must be played to completion in order to be considered official and the plays valid.
In the more and/or less plays (over/under), the extra times will not be included in the final result, with the exception of the following sports:

Basketball
Football
Baseball

Handicap bets do not include extra time except when specified by the market and in Basketball events
In the event that an event is suspended, you will have to wait 48 business hours and if it is not resumed, it will be considered invalid.
If a game is changed in time/date (within 48 hours prior to the start date), venue due to weather, lighting, or force majeure problems, all plays are valid
In System bets, what is indicated as "Possible win" in the bets made is the total to win only if the result is a winner in all the events.

The fact of the accepted bet being won or not is determined by recording the fact of the chosen event or set of events having taken place, considering the outcome (result) of the event. The outcome (result) of the event is determined based on the information provided by the official Organizer and/or Organizers of the event. If the initial result of the occurred event has been revoked for some reason later on, then that fact isn’t considered and the bets are payable according to the initial (actual) results except the bets made on the statistical data of the matches, the results of which are being changed within 24 hours of their initial publication. Initial (actual) result is the result which is announced by the official organizer and/or organizers of the event immediately after it is over. If the result of the event (events) isn’t announced by the official Organizer and/or organizers of the event within 72 hours after it is over, then the organizer of the lottery may use other information sources (also the information provided by his/her scoutes and/or international sport information sources, that receive official information from the scoutes, an example of such an organization is “Betradar” company (www.betprolive.bet), with which cooperates not only the Organizer, but also the majority of international reputable bookmaker companies. Scouts are sport experts, who, being on the location where the events are held and using special working programs receive and transfer information concerning the current and final result of the event, also the statistical data registered during the match to the bookmaker and/or scout organizations) notifying the match participants about the information source and results. And within 72 hours after the event is over, in case of the absence of official information and any information from the source that is considered to be a basis for the Organizer or in case of information that is not efficient for the calculation, the bets are calculated by the odds “1”.

The main rules of accepting bets

Bets made on the not started (Pre-match) events are accepted before the actual start of the event. After the actual start of the event, only On-line bets are accepted. Bets made on any event offered by the Organizer in the “Not started events (Pre-match)” section of the Program as a result/because of any issues are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one) if the latter were made after the actual start of the event due to the technical problems or unplanned change in the official start time of the events. The event for which On-line bets are offered may be interrupted and continued later according to official information. In this case, when the Organizer again offers bets on this match in the “Not started events (Pre-match)” section, the bets made On-Line also remain valid.

The started event may be interrupted for some reasons, i.e. may not be played up to the end. The interrupted matches that are not continued or finished during 24 hours are considered to be completed or not completed according to the rules for the particular event presented in this Regulations (exceptions are such sport types as tennis, snooker, badminton, table tennis, for which 24-hour limitation is not applicable).

According to this Regulations, the outcomes of the events, that are considered completed, are calculated taking as a basis the actual results registered at the moment of interruption, and the outcomes of the events, that are considered not completed, are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one), except for the outcomes that are obviously clear at the moment of the event’s interruption, the results of which do not depend on the final result of the event (for example, the team will score a goal, both teams will score a goal, who will score the first goal, the outcome of the first half, etc.).

In certain cases, when according to the official information it becomes known that the interrupted event will continue later than 24 hours but no more than 72 hours, the final decision on whether the bets will remain valid or will be returned is made by the Organizer. If it becomes known that the event will not continue during the mentioned period, but it will be replayed (the match will start from the beginning), the outcomes of the events, that are obviously clear at the time of the interruption are subject to calculation, and the rest outcomes are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

In case of errors generated either by employees or software flaws (obvious mistakes in the software, odds, totals, handicaps, discrepancy of odds in different places, non-typical, false odds, etc.) and arguments verifying the inaccuracy of the bet (including online bets), the bet is considered invalid and is subject to refund irrespective of its winning or losing.

Initial Return

Initial Return gives the opportunity to currently calculate the bets on the outcomes of “Total Over” (the offered total with the natural number) and “Asian Total Over” (the offered total) as initial return, until the results of the outcomes of the event become known (when it becomes clear that the bet is won or is subject to calculation with the odds of 1). Thus, when it becomes clear, that the outcome of the bet is at least not lost (at the moment is at least subject to return, which means, if the game ends with the current score, the bet will not be lost), then, the bets on the outcomes of the “Total Over” (the offered total with the natural number) will be returned to the player’s account. In the final result of the game, if this outcome wins, then as a winning the difference between the total winning and already returned bet amount will be transferred to the player’s gaming account. And in the final result of the game if the outcome of the bet is subject to calculation with the odds of “1”, then the bet is considered already calculated (since the bet has already been returned).

For the outcome of the bet on “Asian total over” (the offered total), also in this case, the part of the bet, which is at least not lost at the moment according to the description of Asian total in this regulation is returned.

In case of the outcomes of “Total Over” (the offered total with the natural number), the current calculation of the bet as initial return is done in the following way:

Example 1. The player has made a bet of 1000 AMD on the outcome of “Total Over 3” with the odds of “1.6”. When the teams score a total of 3 goals (the score becomes 2:1, 1:2, 3:0 or 0:3), the status of the bet will be Initial Return and the bet of 1000 AMD will be returned to the player’s account. If the score remains the same for the rest of the game, the bet will be calculated as Return (the bet will be calculated with the odds of “1”). If during the match more goals are scored, the bet will win, and the rest of the winning (1000×1.6-1000=600 AMD) will be transferred to the player’s account.

The current calculation of the bets made on the outcome of “Asian Total Over” (the offered total number) as initial return will be done accordingly:

Example 2. The player has made a bet of 1000 AMD on the outcome of “Total Over 1.25” with the odds of 2. In this case, the bet will be divided into two parts; 500 AMD on the outcome of “Total Over 1” and 500 AMD on the outcome of “Total Over 1.5”. When the score of the match becomes 1:0, the “Total Over 1” outcome (the first part of the bet: “Total Over 1”) is at least not lost, thus 500 AMD will be transferred to the player’s account. The status of the bet will become Initial partial return. If during the match more goals are scored (for example the score is 1:1) both “Total Over 1”, and “Total Over 1.5” outcomes will win. The winning will be calculated as 1000×2=2000 AMD and the remaining amount of 1500 AMD will be transferred to the player’s account.

Example 3. The player has made a bet of 1000 AMD on the outcome of “Total Over 1.75” with the odds of 3. Again, in this case, the player’s bet will be divided into 2 bets: 500 AMD bet on the outcome of “Total Over 1.5” and 500 AMD bet on the outcome of “Total Over 2”. If the score of the match becomes 0:2, half of the bet “Total Over 1.5” will win, and the other half “Total Over 2” will be returned to the player, this means, the player will get 500×3+500=2000 AMD. Before the end of the game, if more goals are scored, the bet will be considered as won, and the other half of the winning amount 1000×3-2000=1000 AMD will be transferred to the player’s account.

The initial return option applies to all On-line bets in accordance with the settings, but doesn’t apply when the bets have been made on Pre-Match event, and later the following event hasn’t been offered On-line.

General Rules for Postponed Events

In case the event which has not yet started is postponed for no more than 24 hours the bets remain, and in case 24 hours pass the bets are refunded. If during 24 hours there is information about postponing the event for more than 24 hours the final decision about the bets being valid or refunded is made by the bookmakers’ office if nothing else is intended by regulations. If the matches of NBA, NHL, NFL, baseball (MLB) do not take place on the appointed day, the bet amounts are refunded immediately the next day, except for the cases when the match is a play-off meeting and when the specified date was wrong.

Initial bet return

Initial bet return functionality provides the players with an opportunity to get back their bet amount if there is no other way for the current score of the match than to be settled as either Returned or Won. Initial bet return option is only available for Live events, for Total (Over) markets with whole-number and Asian arguments.

Suppose the player has placed a bet of 1000 units for the total score (more than 3) with probability 1.6. As soon as the teams score 3 goals in total (the score becomes 2:1, 1:2, 3:0 or 0:3), the bet will get the Temporary Return status (The status will change to 8) and the bet the amount of 1000 units will be returned to the player's balance.

If the score remains the same for the remainder of the match, the bet will be settled as Returned. (The bet status will change to 4).

If more goals are scored during the match, the rest of the won amount (1000*1.6-1000=600) will be transferred to the player's account and the bet will be calculated as Won (bet status will change to 2 , with a total amount won of 1600 units).

In case of Asian markets (double) total or handicap, the bets will be calculated as follows, let's review 2 possible cases.

In the first case, the player has placed a bet of 1000 units for Total (Over 1.25) with odds of 2. It means that the player's bet will be requested in two bets of 500 units: Total (Over 1 ) and Total (Over 1.5) . Once the match score is 1:0, the Total result (over 1) (the first part of the bet) cannot be calculated as lost, therefore 500 units will be transferred to the player's account. The bet status will become HL.

If more goals are scored during the match (eg the score becomes 1:1), both the Total (Over 1) and Total (Over 1.5) results will win. The status of the bet will change to Wo. The amount of the win will be calculated based on the odds of the bet (1000*2=2000 units), and the rest of the amount of the win (1500 units) will be transferred to the player's balance.

In the second case, the player places a bet of 1000 units for Total (Over 1.75) with odds of 3. Again, the player's bet will be requested in two bets of 500 units: Total (Over 1 .5) and Total (More than 2). If the match result is 0:2, half of the stake (Total over 1.5) will win and the other half (Total over 2) will be returned, so the player will receive 500*3+500 =2000 units. The stake status will become HW. If more goals are scored until the end of the match, the bet status will change to Won and the rest of the amount won (1000*3-2000=1000 units) will be transferred to the player's balance.

Interrupted and postponed events

Sporting Regulations regarding the terms of calculation of bets for postponed and interrupted sporting events.

Rules for Bet Calculation of Interrupted and Postponed Events

Bets on football

The football match (the duration of 90 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if not less than 70 minutes were fully played. If the event has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of its interruption and do not depend on the final result of the event, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1”.

Bets on ice hockey

If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on basketball

The basketball match (the duration of 48 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if not less than 40 minutes were played. The match of the duration of 40 minutes, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if no less than 35 minutes were played. In the other cases the match is considered not completed. During the tied score in the basketball match which has been interrupted and is consider completed the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one) if “Draw” outcome was not offered in the program (line). If the match has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on tennis

If one of the players (one of the pairs) is disqualified for any reason in the started tennis match, or refuses to play, or is unable to continue the game, the match ends prematurely, the bets on the outcome of the match are calculated as follows:

The bets (including bets placed on statistical data), the results of which at the time of interruption of the match are clearly known, based on the format of the match, are considered valid and are subject to calculation. The remaining bets are calculated by odds “1”.

If one of the tennis players (pairs) refuses to participate in the match before it starts, the bets on all the outcomes of this match are subject to calculation by odds of “1” (one).

If a match is delayed or interrupted, bets on its outcome remain valid until the end of the tournament in which it was held.

Bets on volleyball and beach volleyball

A volleyball and beach volleyball match that has been interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to be failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to the calculation (for example, the match was interrupted in the second set, the match was considered failed, but the first set, which was played in full, i.e. has taken placed, and bets on the outcome of the last one are subject to calculation), and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of “1” (one).

Bets on baseball

According to the Mercy Rule, a baseball match can end prematurely. In such cases, the match is considered to have taken place with the result registered at the time of the stoppage, and all bets are calculated taking into account the result fixed at the time of the stoppage. (The law of Mercy Rule applies when one of the participating teams gets a significant advantage over the opponent. The degree of advantage varies depending on the requirements for Championships and tournaments in different countries.)

A baseball match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 5 full innings were played. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid. Bets placed on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” of baseball matches that are interrupted with an equal score and are considered to have taken place are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

The results of interrupted and failed matches, which at the time of the stoppage have already become clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). Bets on the outcomes of individual not played innings in an interrupted match that is considered to have taken place are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on snooker

If for any reason one of the frames is not played, all bets on the outcomes of this frame shall be calculated with odds “1” (one), and bets on other outcomes are calculated on the final result (for example, if a player is late for the time appointed for the start of a frame, the referee may assign the win to the other player and consider the frame held, but in this case the bets on the outcomes of this frame shall be calculated with odds “1” (one)).

Bets on the outcomes of a delayed or interrupted snooker match remain valid up to the end of the tournament or championship in which it was held. Until the match has started or continues, all bets on the outcomes of the match remain valid.

Bets on badminton

If one of the players (pairs) is disqualified for any reason, refuses to play or is unable to continue the game, the game ends prematurely, then bets on the outcome of the match are calculated as follows.

Bets, the outcomes of which are known at the time of the match interruption, based on the format of the match, are considered valid and are subject to calculation. The remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1”.

If one of the players (pairs) refuses to participate in the game before the start of the match, then bets on all outcomes of this match are calculated by odds “1” (one).

Bet on bandy

The bandy match (lasting 90 minutes) that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 70 minutes have been played. The bandy matches of 60, 70, and 80 minutes that were interrupted and were not continued or completed within 24 hours are considered to have taken place if at least 48, 56, and 64 minutes were played, respectively. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid.

The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which at the time of the stoppage have already become clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on field hockey

The field hockey match (lasting 70 minutes) that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 55 minutes were played.

The field hockey matches of 60 minutes that were interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours are considered to have taken place if at least 47 minutes were played. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which at the time of the stoppage have already become clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on table tennis

If in the started table tennis match one of the tennis players (one team) is disqualified for some reason, refuses to play or is unable to continue the match, the match ends untimely, then the bets made on the outcomes of that match are calculated in the following way:

The bets, the outcomes of which are definitely determined at the moment of interruption, based on the match format, are considered completed and are subject to calculation. The bets made on the other outcomes are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

If one of the sides refuses to participate in the match before its start, the bets made on the match outcomes are calculated with odds “1” (one).

The bets made on the outcomes of table tennis matches, which were postponed or interrupted, remain valid until the end of the tournament, which they belong to.

Bets on table soccer (football)

A table soccer match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have failed.

Bets on rugby (Rugby League and Rugby Union)

The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on American football

An American football match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 50 minutes were played. In all other cases the matches are considered to have failed. Bets on outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” of American football matches that took place or were interrupted with an equal score, are calculated by odds of “1” (one).The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on Australian football

An Australian football match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 65 minutes were played. 60-minute matches are considered to have taken place if at least 50 minutes were played. In all other cases the matches are considered to have failed. Bets on outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” of Australian football matches that took place or were interrupted with an equal score, are calculated by odds of “1” (one). The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bet on curling

A curling match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 5 ends were played completely. In all other cases the matches are considered to have failed. Bets on outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” of curling matches that took place or were interrupted with an equal score, are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on darts

Darts competitions, which have been interrupted for technical or any other reason and have not been continued or finished during 24 hours, are considered to be failed. The outcomes of the interrupted and failed games, which at the time of the stoppage were already known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on E-basketball

An e-basketball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed.

The e-basketball match is considered to have taken place if fully played.

Bets on E- football

An e-football match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed.

The e-football match is considered to have taken place if fully played.

Bets on E- hockey

An e-hockey match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed.

The e-hockey match is considered to have taken place if fully played.

Bets on E- tennis

An e-tennis match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed.

The e- tennis match is considered to have taken place if fully played.

Bets on floorball

The Floorball match, which was interrupted and did not finish in 24 hours, is considered to be completed if it was played for not less than 50 minutes. In other cases, the match is considered to be failed.

The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with the odds of “1” (one).

Bets on E-baseball

An e-baseball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed.

The e-baseball match is considered to have taken place if fully played.

Bets on E-Floorball

An e-floorball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed.

Bets on E-handball

An e-handball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed.

The e-handball match is considered to have taken place if fully played.

Bets on E-rugby

An e-rugby match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed.

The e-rugby match is considered to have taken place if fully played.

Bets on handball

Bets on simulated reality games

A simulated reality game, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered failed.

The outcomes of interrupted and failed games, which are already clearly known at the time of the game interruption and do not depend on the final result of the game, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

A simulated reality game is considered completed if fully played.

Bets on E-volleyball

An e-volleyball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of “1” (one).

The e-volleyball match is considered to have taken place if fully played.

Bets on E-UFC

An E-UFC match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed.

Bets on MMA (Mixed Martial Arts)

In MMA matches those rounds are considered completed, which took place up to the end: from the sound signal announcing the start of the previous round until the sound signal announcing the start of the next round, or, otherwise, from one gong until the next gong.

If after the start of the next round (after the sound signal) the fighter does not continue the match for any reason, it is considered that the match has ended in the previous round.

Bets on Boxing

A boxing match, which has been interrupted for any reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed.

Bets on Klask

A klask match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). A klask match is considered completed if fully played.

Bets on air hockey

An air hockey match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on beach football

A beach football match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 30 minutes were played. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which at the time of the stoppage have already become clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). Bets on water polo

A water polo match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which at the time of the stoppage have already become clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on squash

A squash match, which has been interrupted for any reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of “1” (one).

Bets on Futsal

The futsal match (the duration of 40 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if not less than 32 minutes were fully played. The matches of duration of 50 minutes which have been interrupted and has not been continued or finished for 24 hours is considered completed if no less than 40 minutes were played. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid.

Bets on Bowls

In the already started bowls matches if one of the players (teams) is awarded victory ahead of time (before the end of all scheduled sets or any other reason) and this fact is registered on the official website of the championship or tournament, then all the bets made on the outcomes which are definitely determined at the moment of the actual stoppage of the match, as well as on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation. All the other bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

The bowls match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished in 24 hours, is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on Cricket

All the bets made on the outcomes of cricket matches that have been interrupted because of the weather or any other reason are subject to calculation taking into account the information provided by the official websites of the current tournament or championship. If there is no official information concerning the interrupted match during 24 hours, then all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one), except for the bets, the outcomes of which have already been determined and do not depend on the final result of the match.

Bets on Cybersport

If one of the teams (players) does not continue the game for any reason (the player or team is late for the scheduled time of the event, refuses to continue the game for any reason, technical issue, etc.), then all the bets the outcomes of which are clearly known due to the format of the game, are considered completed and subject to calculation. And all the other bets are calculated by the odds of “1” (one), except the cases when one of the teams gives up according to the rules of the game.

In Cybersport, if a game is stopped for later resumption, the results of the stopped game are not taken into account when calculating bets on the outcomes of the game, even if they are clearly known. The results of the resumed game are basis for calculation for the bets made on the outcomes of the stopped games.

The game which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, or there is no official information about the further course of the game, then all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

The main types of bets

DIRECT OR SIMPLE BETS

Also known as "Money Line" is the simplest way to play, no points, no handicap. There is the option of playing a team to win (two options) and you can also play a draw, which makes the options three: Visit Team, Home Team and Draw.

COMBINED (PARLAYS)

The combined or "Parlay" is a single bet that unites multiple individual bets. An accumulator can be made up of a series of bets on teams or totals, or a mixture of the two. For a combination to be a winning bet, each individual bet that makes it up must also win. If any of the bets that make up the parlay lose, then the entire parlay loses as well. However, if any of the bets that make up the parlay is a tie, "push" or canceled, the bet stands with the remaining bets. A three-team parlay would be converted to a two-team parlay, a two-team parlay would be converted to a straight or single bet, with corresponding payout reductions. Parlay bets on the same team where the Point Spread and Money Line are played are not allowed. Parlays are not accepted where the result of one part of the move contributes to the result of the other (Correlated Plays). All parlay payouts are calculated based on the odds at the time of play.

DIRECT BET WITH HANDICAP

The Handicap is used to put one of the teams in initial advantage. Points or goals are awarded to one of the teams. A team is chosen with their respective handicap.

ASIAN HANDICAP

The Asian handicap gets its name because it is a form of betting that became popular in Asia, and it is nothing more than offering an initial advantage, in the bet, to a specific team. But let's see it with an example. Suppose a match between Real Madrid and Barcelona. So, the Asian handicap bookmaker will offer two different options to choose from:

Real Madrid -1.5

Barcelona +1.5

If we bet that Real Madrid will win the match with a handicap of -1.5, we will lose the bet provided that:

Barcelona wins the match, Draw or Real Madrid wins by only one goal difference

And, on the other hand, we will win the bet, provided that Real Madrid wins the match by a minimum difference of two goals. In other words, it is nothing more than checking if Real Madrid wins the match after subtracting 1.5 goals from those scored in the match. You could, of course, make the opposite bet and bet on the victory of Barcelona. In that case, and with the example handicap, we would win the bet if:

Barcelona lose by one goal

tie

Barcelona win

And we would lose the bet only in the event that Madrid won by more than two goals.

There is also another somewhat more complicated and less intuitive form of Asian handicap, in which a double handicap is applied to the bet. This modality is also called fourth goal handicap. Let's look at a new example.

Real Madrid -0.5 and -1.0

Barcelona +0.5 and +1.0

We bet on the victory of Madrid:

If Madrid win by two goals, or more, both sides of the bet win, making all the winnings.

Madrid wins by one goal, we win one part (-0.5), and the other is null (a null bet is one that, when applying the handicap, the result of the event is a draw. Then, nobody wins and the money wagered on bettors).

If there is a tie, or Madrid loses, both bets are losers. In the other sense, if we bet on the victory of Barcelona:

If there is a tie, both bets are winners

If Barcelona lose by one goal, one bet is a loser (+0.5) and the other is void (+1.0)

If Barcelona lose by more than two goals, both bets lose.

The Asian Handicap bet looks like this:

If the handicap is -0.25 The bet is one at -0 and another at -0.5

If the handicap is -0.75 The bet is one at -0.5 and another at -1

SYSTEM BET (ROUND ROBIN)

In order to create a Round Robin, select at least three or more forecasts (up to 15) that will appear on the bet slip. The type of Round Robin you can create depends on the number of your picks. You will automatically be shown those Round Robins that you can create with the selected forecasts. The big difference with accumulator bets is that not all predictions have to be correct in order to make a profit. A 2/3 Round Robin consists for example of three picks. A win is also achieved if only two of the three forecasts are correct. Please note that when closing the bet the maximum win is displayed. In the Round Robin, combinations are formed with the forecasts issued. Here is an example: You have selected four picks and have decided on a 2/4 Round Robin. This means that you make a total of six bets since six combinations of 2 are formed from the four forecasts. For these six bets, you enter eg. an amount of 50 respectively. Based on the Round Robin principle, you win even if only two of the four predictions are correct. The actual amount of the win depends on the result of the forecasts. In the next step you can see that the total amount for this Round Robin is 300 pesos (6 x 50). As soon as the bet is finished, you will find this system bet in the ”My bets” section. In the bet window you can see which combinations have been formed from the four forecasts.

LIVE SPORTS

Bets placed on "Live Sports" lines will take into consideration the score of the entire match/event/game unless otherwise specified. Regular betting rules apply for each sport. We reserve the right to cancel any live bet where the lines are obviously incorrect, whether due to human error or computer system error. The event must be over for bets to stand on money lines, spreads and totals.

REGULATIONS

The fact of the accepted bet being won or not is determined by recording the fact of the chosen event or set of events having taken place, considering the outcome (result) of the event. The outcome (result) of the event is determined based on the information provided by the official Organizer and/or Organizers of the event. If the initial result of the occurred event has been revoked for some reason later on, then that fact isn’t considered and the bets are payable according to the initial (actual) results except the bets made on the statistical data of the matches, the results of which are being changed within 24 hours of their initial publication. Initial (actual) result is the result which is announced by the official organizer and/or organizers of the event immediately after it is over. If the result of the event (events) isn’t announced by the official Organizer and/or organizers of the event within 72 hours after it is over, then the organizer of the lottery may use other information sources (also the information provided by his/her scoutes and/or international sport information sources, that receive official information from the scoutes, an example of such an organization is “Betradar” company (www.betradar.com), with which cooperates not only the Organizer, but also the majority of international reputable bookmaker companies. Scouts are sport experts, who, being on the location where the events are held and using special working programs receive and transfer information concerning the current and final result of the event, also the statistical data registered during the match to the bookmaker and/or scout organizations) notifying the match participants about the information source and results. And within 72 hours after the event is over, in case of the absence of official information and any information from the source that is considered to be a basis for the Organizer or in case of information that is not efficient for the calculation, the bets are calculated by the odds “1”.

The main rules of accepting bets

The started event may be interrupted, i.e. may not play up to the end for some reason. If the event has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, those outcomes which are determined at the time of its interruption and do not depend on the final result of the event (for example, the team will not score a goal, who will score the first goal, the outcome of the first half, etc.) are taken as a basis for calculating the bets (including online bets).

If a bet has been made on any asset before the expiration date chosen by the participant, the bet is no longer circulated on the world market, the bet is payable with odds 1 only at the end of the expiry period.

Bets on the win of the event taking into account the Asian handicap, European handicap and bets on the Asian total of the event

Asian handicap and Asian total with handicap and total are varieties of bets, where the value of handicap and total is a multiplier for 0.25, which is not divided by 0.5 without remainder (in other words, the odd number quotients of 0.25, which are 0.75, 1.25,…3.25, 3.75, etc).

The bet with Asian handicap/total is divided into 2 parts: the argument of the first one which is over 0.25 the offered argument of Asian handicap/total, and the other is under 0.25.

Examples of Asian handicap and Asian total:

Asian Handicap	The first half of the bet	The second half of the bet
Handicap1 (-1.25)	Handicap1 (-1)	Handicap1 (-1.5)
Handicap1 (1.25)	Handicap1 (1.5)	Handicap1 (1)
Handicap1 (-1.75)	Handicap1 (-1.5)	Handicap1 (-2)
Handicap1 (1.75)	Handicap1 (2)	Handicap1 (1.5)
Handicap2 (-2.25)	Handicap2 (-2)	Handicap2 (-2.5)
Handicap2 (2.25)	Handicap2 (2.5)	Handicap2 (2)
Handicap2 (-2.75)	Handicap2 (-2.5)	Handicap2 (-3)
Handicap2 (2.75)	Handicap2 (3)	Handicap2 (2.5)

Asian Total	The first half of the bet	The second half of the bet
Total Over 1.25	Total Over 1.5	Total Over 1
Total Under 1.25	Total Under 1.5	Total Under 1
Total Over 1.75	Total Over 2	Total Over 1.5
Total Under 1.75	Total Under 2	Total Under 1.5
Total Over 2.25	Total Over 2.5	Total Over 2
Total Under 2.25	Total Under 2.5	Total Under 2
Total Over 2.75	Total Over 3	Total Over 2.5
Total Under 2.75	Total Under 3	Total Under 2.5

The bet amount of the Asian handicap/total is also divided into two equal parts between the first and second parts, and the odds of the bet made on the Asian handicap/total remains the same for the first and second bets. The winning of the bet on the Asian handicap/total will be the sum of the winnings of the first and second bets.

There are 4 possible calculation cases for the bets made on Asian handicap/total:

The bet wins completely (2 parts of the bet win). The winning will be the product of the bet and odds.

For example

The player has made a bet of 1000 AMD on the outcome of “Handicap1 (-0.25)” with the odds of 1.85 (the first one is a bet of 500 AMD on the outcome of the “Handicap 1 (-0.5)” with the odds of 1.85 and the second one is a bet of 500 AMD on the outcome of “Handicap1 (0)” with the odds of 1.85). The result of the match has been 2:1.

The bet wins completely.

The winning will be 1000 AMD x 1.85 = 1850 AMD.

The half of the bet wins, the other half is subject to calculation with the odds of “1” (one).

The winning will be the product of the bet and odds (odds+1)/2.

For example

The player has made a bet of 1000 AMD on the outcome of “Total Over 2.75” with the odds of 1.7 (the first bet of 500 AMD on the outcome of “Total Over 2.5 and the second bet of 500 AMD on the outcome of the “Total Over 3” with the odds of 1.7). The result of the match has been 2:1.

Half of the bet wins, and the other half is subject to calculation with the odds of “1”.

The winning will be 1000 AMD x (1.7 + 1)/2= 1350 AMD.

Half of the bet loses, the other half is subject to calculation with the odds of “1” (one). The winning will be the product of the bet and the number ½.

For example

The player has made a bet of 1000 AMD on the outcome of “Handicap1 (-1.25) with odds of 2.6 (the first 500 AMD bet on the outcome of “Handicap 1 (-1.5)” with odds of 2.6 and the second one 500 AMD bet on the outcome of “Handicap1 (-1)” with odds of 2.6). The result of the match has been 1:0.

Half of the bet loses, and the other half is subject to calculation with the odd of “1” (one).

The winning will be 1000 AMD x 1/2 = 500 AMD.

The bet loses completely (both parts of the bet lose).

For example

The player has made a bet of 1000 AMD on the outcome of the “Total Over 3.75” with the odds of 2.9 (the first bet of 500 AMD has been made on the outcome of “Total Over 3.5” with the odds of 2.9 and the second bet of 500 AMD has been made on the outcome of “Total Over 4” with the odds of 2.9). The match has ended with a score of 1:1. The bet loses completely.

In case the Asian Handicap (total) bet is included in Multi or System bets, the odds of the bet are calculated exactly the way single bets are.

European handicap in advance gives one of the competitors a certain advantage in the score to win or not lose, and, unlike the Asian handicap, has three outcomes: Win 1, Draw, Win2.

Bets with European handicap are calculated according to the imaginary score (the score, that results from adding the European Handicap to the final score of the match). This means, for calculating the bet with the European handicap the real score of the match is not taken into account (how the match actually has ended), but the score, that will result if we add the score of the European handicap to the real score.

European handicap will be as follows: “Handicap (the score of handicap) – Win1, Draw, Win2”, that is to say, what the outcome of the match will be as a result of the imaginary score after adding the score of European handicap (in our example 1:0) to the final score of the match Win 1, Draw, or Win2.

For Example

The player has made a bet of 1000 AMD on the outcome of the “Handicap (1:0) – Win 1” with the odds of 1.9. If the match ends with a score of 0:0, then the bet will win, since by adding the score of the handicap to the score of the match, the imaginary score of the match will become 1:0 and the first opponent will win (Win1).

The winning will be 1000 AMD x 1.9 = 1900 AMD.

The player has made a bet of 1000 AMD on the outcome of “Handicap (1:0) – Draw” with the odds of 2.45. If the match ends with a score of 2:3, then the bet will win, since by adding the score of the handicap to the score of the match, the imaginary score will become 3:3 and the result will be Draw.

The winning will be 1000 AMD x 2.45 = 2450 AMD.

The player has made a bet of 1000 AMD on the outcome of “Handicap (1:0) – Win2” with the odds of 4.55. If the match ends with a score of 1:3, then the bet will win, since by adding the score of the handicap to the score of the match, the imaginary score will become 2:3 and the second player will win – Win2.

The winning will be 1000 AMD x 4.55 = 4550 AMD.

Bet Types

We offer the bets for the following outcomes:

Result

It is offered to predict which team will be the match winner. The following betting options are available:
– Win 1: the match will end with the Team 1 victory
– X: the match will end in a draw
– Win 2: the match will end with the Team 2 victory

Double Chance

It is offered to predict two possible match outcomes simultaneously, and if one of the outcomes is predicted correctly, the bet will be calculated as won. The following betting options are available:
– 1X: the match will end with either Team 1 victory or a draw
– 12: the match will end with the victory of either team 1 or team 2
– X2: the match will end with either Team 2 victory or a draw

Draw No Bet

It is offered to predict the victory of one of the teams. If the match ends in a draw, the bet will be refunded. The following betting options are available:
– Team 1: the match will end with Team 1 victory. In case of a draw, the bet will be refunded.
– Team 2: the match will end with Team 2 victory. In case of a draw, the bet will be refunded.

Total

It is offered to predict if the total number of the goals scored by both teams will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.
The example:
Let’s review the bet Total over (2). In this bet, “2” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to win, the total number of goals scored in the match must be over 2. In case the total number of goals equals to 2, the bet will be refunded.

Total Team 1/Team 2

It is offered to predict if the total number of goals scored by Team 1/Team 2 will be under or over the selected value of the bet argument.
The example:
Let’s review the bet Total Team 1 (Under 2). The match ends with the score 3:0. In this case the bet will be calculated as lost.

Asian Total

In this type of bet for total, the value of the bet argument is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (which means that it can be divided by 0.25 without a remainder). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc. After placing an Asian Total bet, the bet amount is automatically divided into two equal bets with the same odd, with two different arguments. The argument of the first bet will be the number, which is received after adding 0.25 to the argument value. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after subtracting 0.25 from the argument value.
The example:
The bet: Total over (1.75) with the odds 2.5. Let’s suppose the match ends with the score 2:0.
Here “1.75” is the bet’s argument. The bet amount is 100. Therefore, we receive two ordinary bets on total:
Total over (1.5) with the bet amount of 50 (the bet argument here is 1.75-0.25)
As the final result of the match is 2:0, the first half of the bet will be calculated as won.
Total over (2) with the bet amount of 50 (the bet argument here is 1.75+0.25)
The second part of the bet will be calculated as returned.

Handicap

Handicap is the advantage (positive handicap) or disadvantage (negative handicap) in goals, which is attributed to a team score. The team, on which the bet is made, must become the winner of the match after the handicap adjustments are performed.
The example:
Let’s review the bet Handicap 1 (3). The bet is placed on team 1, and “3” is the handicap argument. For this bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner of the match after adding the advantage of 3 goals to its final score.
Let’s suppose the match ends with the score 0:2. When we add the advantage of 3 goals to the final score of team 1, the score becomes 3:2. The bet will be calculated as won.

Asian Handicap

In the Asian handicap bet type, the value of the handicap argument is the number, which is a multiple of 0.25. For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc. After placing an Asian Handicap bet, the bet amount is automatically divided into two equal bets with the same odds, but with two different bet arguments. The argument of the first bet will be the number, which is received when we add 0.25 to the general argument value (positive handicap). And the argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after we subtract 0.25 from the argument value (negative handicap).
The example:
The bet is Handicap 2 (1.25).
Let’s suppose the match ends with the score 1:0. The bet is placed for team 2, and “1.25” is the bet’s argument. The bet amount is 50. The bet will be divided into two bets:
Handicap 2 (1) with the bet amount of 25.
It means that 1 point will be added to the final score and the score of the match with the handicap will be 1:1. So the first half of the bet will be refunded.
Handicap 2 (1.5) (the bet argument here is 1.25+0.25), with the bet amount of 25
It means that 1.5 points will be added to the final score and the score of the match with the handicap will be 1:1.5. So the second half of the bet will be won.

Team 1/Team 2 to Score

Team 1/Team 2 to Score: it is offered to predict if the selected team (Team 1/Team 2) will score a goal during the match.

Yes and No betting options are offered here.

Both Teams to Score

Both Teams to Score: it is offered to predict if two teams will score a goal during the match. The following betting options are available:
– Yes: each team should score at least one goal in the match.
– No: one of the teams should not score a goal or none of the teams should score.

1st Goal

1st Goal: it is offered to predict which team will score the first goal. The following markets are available:

– 1 to score: the first goal will be scored by Team 1
– No goal: none of the teams will score a goal in the match
– 2 to score: the first goal will be scored by Team 2

Correct Score

It is offered to predict the exact score, with which the main time of the match will end.

Full Time Result and Total

It is offered to predict the total number of goals scored by both teams in the match simultaneously.

For example:
The bet: Win 2 and Under (1.5). For the bet to be won, team 2 must win the match, and the total number of goals must be under 1.5. So, if the match ends with a score 0:2, the bet will be calculated as lost.

Total Goals

It is offered to predict the exact number of goals scored in the match.
For example:
The bet Total goals: 3 goals. For the bet to be won, the total number of goals during the match must be equal to 3.

Total 3 way

It is offered to predict the number of goals scored in the match. The following betting options are available:
– Total over: the number of scored goals must exceed the selected value of the bet argument
– Total equal: the number of scored goals must be equal to the selected value of the bet argument
– Total under: the number of scored goals must be lower than the selected value of the bet argument
The example:
Total over (2): In this bet, “2” is the bet argument. So, the bet to be won, the total number of goals scored in the match must be over 2. In this case if the total number of goals equals to 2 the bet will be calculated as lost.

Total Odd/Even

It is offered to predict if the total number of goals scored by the teams will be an odd or an even number.

Bets on football

Bets on football matches are accepted for regular time unless something else is specified by the organizer in the Line. Results recorded in the extra-time and penalties are not taken into account when calculating bets on outcomes proposed for regular time. The time compensated by the referee is attributed to the corresponding half-time or regular time of the match. The regular time for football matches is set to 90 minutes (two halves of 45 minutes each). In case of football matches with a different format, a special mark appears in the Line showing the match format. The format of the game may also change during the match. In such cases, there is a special beforehand made mark in the Program (Line) on the possible change of the game format made by the organizer.

The bets offered on the outcomes of football matches:

The first team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 1”.
Draw in the match (half-time) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose the match (half-time) – “1Х”.
One of the teams will win the match (half-time) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the match (half-time) – “2X”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored in match (half-time) to be even (odd).
Bets on the Highest Scoring Half (in which half more goals will be scored):
Three betting options are available:
a) The first half will be more productive – “1 > 2” (the number of goals scored in the first half will be higher than in the second half).

b) Productivity of the halves will be the same – “1 = 2” (the equal number of goals will be scored in both halves).

c) The second half will be more productive – “1< 2” (the number of goals scored in the second half will be higher than in the first half).
Bets on final score of match:
It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the match from the options available in the program (line).
Bets on the result registered in half-time and full-time of match:
It is offered to predict the outcomes of half-time and full-time of match simultaneously. 9 betting options are available:

“1/1”: victory of the first team in both half-time and full-time.
“1/X”: victory of the first team in half-time and draw in full-time.
“1/2”: victory of the first team in half-time and victory of the second team in full-time.
“X/1”: draw in half-time and victory of the first team in full-time.
“X/X”: draw in both half-time and full-time.
“X/2”: draw in half-time and victory of the second team in full-time.
“2/1”: victory of the second team in half-time and victory of the first team in full-time.
“2/X”: victory of the second team in half-time and draw in full-time.
“2/2”: victory of the second team in both half-time and full-time.

Bets on the first (the second) team to score (not to score) a goal.
Bets on the both teams to score (not to score) a goal.
Bets on at least one of the teams not to score (to score) a goal.
Bets: a goal to be scored (not to be scored) in the first (second) half.
Bets: which team will score the first (the second or the next) goal in match (in the half)
Bets: in which of the offered time ranges the first (the second or the next) goal will be scored (the time ranges in minutes are specified inclusively).
Bets: which team will score the last goal in match.
Bets: in which of the offered time ranges the last goal will be scored (the time ranges in minutes are specified inclusively).

If only one goal is scored in match, it is considered to be both the first and the last goal.

For example, if the match ends with the score 1:0, the scored one goal is considered to be both the first and the last goal. Thus, the bets made on the outcomes “the first team to score the first goal” and “the first team to score the last goal” are considered to be won.
The bets: which team will perform kick-off in match:

The TV channels and streams stated by the organizer in the program (line) are taken as basis during calculation of the bets made on this outcome. If the outcome of the event is not determined from the mentioned sources, the information issued by the websites included in the table is taken as basis during the calculation. If the outcome cannot be determined from the above-mentioned sources, the bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on penalty to be awarded (not to be awarded) in match.
Bets on sending off (red card) to be awarded (not to be awarded) in match.
Bets on own goal to happen (not to happen) in match.

Own goal is the ball scored into the team’s own goal. Own goal is considered to be on behalf of the team in favor of which the goal was recorded.

Bets on the first team to be winner in the number of cautions (yellow cards) in match (the half) – “Win1”.
Bets on both teams to receive equal number of cautions (yellow cards) in match (the half) – “Draw”.
Bets on the second team to be winner in the number of cautions (red cards) in match (the half) – “Win2”.
Bets on the first team to win (not to lose) in the number of cautions (yellow cards) in match (the half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
Bets on the second team to win (not to lose) in the number of cautions (yellow cards) in match (the half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on number of cautions (yellow cards) to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument.
Bets on number of cautions to be even (odd).
Bets: the player of which team will receive the first caution (yellow card) in match (the half) or two teams will receive the first caution simultaneously.

(If, according to the official match report, two teams received the first caution at the same minute of the same playing situation, and this outcome was not offered by the provider in the program, the bets made on the outcomes “the first team to receive the first caution” and “the second team to receive the first caution” are calculated with the odds 1 (one)).

Bets on the time range, in which the first caution will be awarded to any team’s player (the time ranges in minutes are specified inclusively).
Bets: which team will receive the next caution (none of the teams will receive the next caution).

If a player was sent off after two cautions, during calculation of the bets made on cautions (yellow cards) only one of them is taken into account, the second received caution (yellow card) is calculated as a red card.

For example, in the match a player was awarded two yellow cards and was sent off, no further cautions were awarded. In this case, the bets will be calculated considering that one yellow card and one red card were recorded in the match.
If the player has received a yellow card in the regular time and the second yellow card during one of the additional (extra) half-times and has been dismissed from the field, then it is considered that during the additional (extra) half-time the player has received 1 (one) red card, not yellow, and during the regular time 1 (one) yellow card. During calculation of the bets made on sending off-s and cautions only the ones, awarded to the players directly involved in the play at that moment, are taken into account. The exception is when the referee gives a yellow or red card to the player during the break, who has played the first half-time and hasn’t been yet substituted. In this case, the given yellow or red card is also taken into account when calculating the bets made on send-offs and cautions (the card given during the break is considered to be given during the second half-time, and the minute shown is 46-th). Sending-offs and cautions, awarded to the players in reserve, the players, who had participated in match, but were substituted, the coach or coaching staff are not taken into account during calculation of bets made on sending-off-s and cautions. Sending-off-s and cautions, awarded after the final whistle, are also not taken into account during calculation of bets made on sending off-s and cautions.

The recorded time of sending-off or caution is considered the time, when referee shows yellow or red card to the player.

Bets on the first team to be winner in the number of corner kicks in the match (half-time) – “Win1”.
Bets on both teams to perform equal number of corner kicks in the match (half-time) – “Draw”.
Bets on the second team to be winner in the number of corner kicks in the match (half-time) – “Win2”.
Bets on the first team to win (not to lose) in the number of corner kicks in the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
Bets on the second team to win (not to lose) in the number of corner kicks in the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the number of performed corner kicks to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument.
Bets on the number of performed corner kicks to be even (odd).
Bets: which team will perform the first corner kick in match.

Bets on the time range, within which the first corner kick will be performed (the time ranges in minutes are specified inclusively).
Bets: which team will perform the next corner kick (none of the teams will perform the next corner kick).

A corner kick is considered performed only when the ball is thrown in from a corner kick point. The recorded time of corner kick is considered the time, when the corner kick is awarded by referee. If the corner kick was awarded, but was not performed, it is not taken into account during calculation of bets on corner kicks.

Bets: which team will make the first substitution (both teams will make the first substitution simultaneously).
Bets on the number of made substitutions to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument.
Bets: in which of the offered time ranges the first substitution will be made (the time ranges in minutes are specified inclusively).
Bets on substitute player to score (not to score) a goal.
Bets on the first substitution to be made in the first half (half-time, the second half).
Bets on the number of free kicks in match to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument.
Bets on the number of off-sides in match to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument.
Bets: in match the ball possession time of the first team (the second team), expressed in percentage, will be over (under) the offered value of bet argument (expressed in percentage).

Bets on:

a) Goal kick to happen the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options, offered in the program (line), a goal kick was awarded the first (the last) in match, and it was performed).

b) Throw in (after out) to be performed the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options, offered in the program (line), throw in was awarded the first (the last) in match and, it was performed).

c) Corner kick to happen the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options, offered in the program (line), a corner kick was awarded the first (the last) in match, and it was performed).

d) Foul to happen the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options, offered in the program (line), a free kick (including penalty kick) was awarded, and it was performed).

е) Offside to happen the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options offered in the program (line), offside was registered the first (the last) in match, and the match restarted by an indirect free kick.

f) Goal to happen the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options offered in the program (line), a goal was registered the first (the last) in match).

The recorded time of “Goal Kick”, “Throw in”, “Corner Kick”, “Free kick”, “Penalty”, “Indirect Free Kick”, “Offside” and “Goal” is considered the time, when the above-mentioned events were awarded (recorded) by referee. These outcomes are considered completed (performed) if:
“Goal Kick” – was awarded and the ball was thrown in from the assigned point.
“Throw in” – was awarded and the ball was thrown in from the point where the ball crossed the touch-line.
“Corner Kick”- was awarded and the ball was thrown in from the corner kick point.
“Free Kick” – was awarded and the match restarted by a free kick.
“Penalty” – was awarded and performed.
“Indirect free kick” – was awarded and taken from the assigned point.
“Offside” – was awarded and the ball was thrown in by an indirect free kick.
“Goal”- the ball was registered in opponent’s goal.
Bets on the specified player to score (not to score) a goal.

Own goal is not taken into account during calculation of the above-mentioned bets. If the specified player does not enter the field during match (does not participate in the game), the bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).
Bets: whether in the match:

Double will be registered (the same player will score precisely two but not more goals in match).
Hat-trick (the same player will score precisely three but not more goals in match).
Poker (the same player will score precisely four but not more goals in match).
Penta-Trick (the same player will score precisely five but not more goals in match).

The outcomes of these bets are calculated on the following basis: the registration of penta-trick, performed by the given player, does not also imply the registration of poker, hat-trick or double performed by him (the same way, the registration of poker does not imply the registration of hat-trick and double and the registration of hat-trick does not imply the registration of double). If in match 5 balls were scored in opponent’s goal by the same player, it does not mean the registration of both hat-trick and double, the calculation is made according to the final result recorded in match. If two or more of the above-mentioned outcomes were registered by different players, the bets will be calculated as won.

For example, if in the same match both double and poker are registered by different players, the bets made on the outcomes “Poker” and “Double” will be considered as won.

Bets: how the given goal will be scored:

a) Own goal will be recorded (if the ball is scored into the team’s own goal)

b) Header will be recorded (if the goal is scored by a head kick in the opponent’s goal)

c) Free Kick will be recorded (if the goal has been scored in opponent’s goal by free kick without playing out the ball. If the goal has been scored by a direct corner kick, it is also considered to be the goal scored by a free kick.

d) Penalty will be recorded (if the goal has been scored by direct penalty kick; the case, when the goal is scored after the ball has reentered the play or has been turned away, is not taken into account during the calculation of this bet).

e) Regular goal will be recorded (if the goal is scored by a foot kick or in the other allowed ways, except for head kick; if the goal is scored not by a free kick and a penalty; and if the goal is not an own goal.

Bets: the given team will (or will not) have come-from-behind victory.

Come-from-behind victory means that the team must lose at any point during the match before finishing victorious.
Bets on total sum of numerals presented on the t-shirts of the players, who scored goals in match: “total over (under) the offered value of bet argument”.

The players, who scored own goals, are not taken into account during calculation of the above-mentioned bet. The numerals of the players, who scored more than one goal, are calculated only once.
Bets on scored goals and match result:
It is offered to predict scored goals and match result. The following betting options are available:
1. “Both teams to score a goal and Win1”
2. “Both teams to score a goal and Draw”
3. “Both teams to score a goal and Win2”
4. “Total of match to be over (under) the given value of bet argument and Win1”
5. “Total of match to be over (under) the given value of bet argument and Draw”
6. “Total of match to be over (under) the given value of bet argument and Win2”
Bets on the other outcomes of matches can be offered by the provider in the program (line).
Bets on the number of minutes to be added to the end of match (the half) by referee.
During calculation of bets made on these outcomes the following is considered:
a) The time (in minutes) displayed on the illuminating board by assistant referee.
b) The information about the added time (in minutes) displayed on tv-screen.
c) The information provided by the websites that are included in the table.
Bets: the first team will win by the number of the woodwork (post/bar) in the match (half-time) – “Win 1”.
Bets: draw by the number of the woodwork (post/bar) in the match (half-time) – “Draw”.
Bets: the second team will win by the number of the woodwork (post/bar) in the match (half-time) – “Win 2”.
Bets: the first team will win (not lose) by the number of the woodwork (post/bar) in the match (half-time) taking into account the “Handicap 1”.
Bets: the second team will win (not lose) by the number of the woodwork (post/bar) in the match (half-time) taking into account the “Handicap 2”.
Bets: the number of the woodwork (post/bar) is over (under) the offered total number.

Woodwork is scored when the ball remains in the game after touching the goalpost/bar.

A woodwork is not counted in the following cases:

If the referee has stopped the game before the ball has touched the goalpost/bar.
If the ball has touched the goalpost/bar and has left the field (has not touched any player or the referee before being outside the field)
After touching the goalpost/bar a goal has been scored (after touching the goalpost/bar the ball has not touched any player or the referee, but has ended up in the goal).

In all other cases, it is counted as woodwork.

If the ball touches the goalpost, then the bar, or vice versa, at first touches the bar then the goalpost, or the goalpost and bar at the same time, it is considered, that the ball has touched the woodwork 1 (once), if after the first touch the ball has not touched any player or the referee.

Bets on the number of video replays in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the total number”.
It is considered video replay, when the referee shows video replay with gesture (with his hands shows a rectangle in the air) and goes towards the screen of video replay.
It is not considered video replay, when on the scoreboard or on the screen the messages of “Goal Check”, “Penalty Check” are displayed (also, messages referring to all checks), and when the referee raises their hand to their ear.
It is also not considered video replay, when the referee discusses the game episode with assistants.

Bets on the time period when the first (second) team has been leading (for the time when the scores were equal) in the match (half) – “Total over (under) the total number”.
When calculating the above-mentioned bets, the whole minutes are taken into account. For example, if the first team scores the first goal at the 9th minute 26 seconds, and the second team then equalizes the score at the 12th minute 43 seconds, it is considered that the first team has been leading the score for 3 (three) minutes (the first team’s goal is scored at the 10th, and the second team’s goal is scored at the 13th minute). The time compensated by the referee at the end of the match and half-time is not taken into account.

Bets on the total number of minutes the goals are scored (the time the goal is scored) during the match – “Total over (under) the total number”
When calculating the above-mentioned bets, the time compensated by the referee at the end of the match and half-time is not taken into account. For example, if the goals are scored at the 24th minute 15 seconds, 47th minute 50 seconds, 90+ 2nd minute 15 seconds, and 90 + 4th minute 36 seconds, then it is considered that the total minutes of the scored goals in the match will be (25+48+90+90=253 minutes).

The sources, which are taken as basis during calculation of above-mentioned bets, are arranged in priority order. If the outcome of the bet cannot be determined by any of these sources, the bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

If the information about the displayed added time (in minutes) and the actual playing time differ, the displayed time is taken into account during calculation of the bets.

If the information about the additional time (in minutes) displayed on tv screen or illuminating board by an assistant referee is changed (increased or decreased) in future for some reason, the bets are calculated according to the initially displayed information.

The tournaments’ official websites, included in the table, are taken as basis during calculation of bets made on the outcomes of football matches (except for the bets “which team will perform kick-off” and “bets on the number of minutes, which will be added to the end of match (the half) by referee”).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of football matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Result

Result: it is offered to predict, which team will be the match winner. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: victory of team 1.
Win 2: victory of team 2.
X: the match ends in a draw.

Double chance

Double chance: it is offered to predict two match outcomes simultaneously, and if one of the outcomes is predicted correctly, the bet will be calculated as won. The following betting options are available:

1X: the match ends with either team 1 victory or a draw.
12: the match ends with victory of either team 1 or team 2.
X2: the match ends with either victory of team 2 or a draw.

The example:

If the match ends with the score 2:2, then the bets 1X and X2 will be won, and the bet 12 will be lost.

Draw no bet

Draw no bet: It is offered to predict one of the teams’ victory; however, if match ends in a draw, the bet will be refunded. The following betting options are available:

Team 1: the match ends with team 1 victory. In case of draw, the bet will be refunded.
Team 2: the match ends with team 2 victory. In case of draw, the bet will be refunded.

Total

Total: it is offered to predict if the total number of scored goals will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available.

Total over: the number of goals must exceed the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of goals and value the bet argument coincide, the bet is refunded.

The example:

The bet: total over (3). In this bet, “3” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of goals scored in the match must be over 3. In case the total number of goals equals to 3, the bet will be refunded.

Total under: the number of goals must be lower than the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of goals and value the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: total under (3). In this bet, “3” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of goals scored in the match must be lower than 3. In case the total number of goals equals to 3, the bet will be refunded.

Three-Way Total

Three-way total: it is offered to predict the number of goals scored in the match. The following betting options are available:

Total over: the number of scored goals must exceed the selected value of bet argument.
The example
The bet: total over (3). In this bet, “3” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of goals scored in the match must be over 3.

Total equals: the number of scored goals must equal to the selected value of bet argument.
The example
Total equals (3): In this bet, “3” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of goals scored in the match must be 3.

Total under: the number of scored goals must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
The example
the bet: total under (3). In this bet, “3” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of goals scored in the match must be lower than 3.

First action in Next 5 Min

First action in Next 5 Min: it is offered to predict which action will be performed the first in the match during the specified 5-minute period. The following betting options are offered:

Throw-in
Free Kick
Goal Kick
Corner kick
Penalty Awarded
No set Piece

The example

The player made the bet First Action in Next 5 Min: Corner (15:00-19:59). For the bet to be calculated as won, starting from the 15-th minute 00 second and till 19-th minute 59-th second a corner kick must take place the first in the mentioned period of the match.

*Note: on the website, this market is offered in a separate Fast Markets tab (like the tabs for 1-st half, 2-nd half, corners, etc.

Next Minute

Next Minute: it is offered to predict that a certain action will be performed (not performed) during the spesified one minute period. The following betting options are offered:

Goal: yes/no
Corner kick: yes/no
Goal kick: yes/no
Free kick: yes/no
Throw in: yes/no
Card: yes/no
Penalty awarded: yes/no

The example

The player made the bet Next Minute: Goal Yes (02:00 – 02:59). For the bet to be calculated as won, starting from the 2-nd minute 00 second and until 2-nd minute 59-th second a goal must be performed in the match.

*Note: on the website, this market is offered in a separate Fast Markets tab (like the tabs for 1-st half, 2-nd half, corners, etc.

First half or match

First half or match: it is offered to predict team victory in either the first half or full time of the match. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: team 1 must win either in the first half or in the full time of the match.
Х: either first half or full time of the match must end in a draw.
Win 2: team 2 must win either in first half or in full time of the match.

The example:

If the first half of the match ends with the score 1:2, and the whole match ends with the score 3:2, then the bets for Win 1 and Win 2 will be calculated as won, and the bet for X will be lost.

Team to score

Team to score: it is offered to place bet on whether teams will score goals in match or not. The following betting options are available:

Team 1 to score:

Yes: team 1 must score at least one goal in the match.
No: team 1 must score no goals in the match.

Team 2 to score:

Yes: team 2 must score at least one goal in the match.
No: team 2 must score no goals in the match.

Both Teams to score:

Yes: each team must score at least one goal in the match.
No: either one team must not score a goal or none of the teams must score.

Only One Team to score:

Yes: only one of the teams must score goals in the match.
No: either two teams must score goals or none of the teams must score.

Full time result and total

Full time result and total: It is offered to place bet on match result and the total number of the goals simultaneously. For such bet to be won, both match result and match total must be predicted correctly.

The example:

The bet: Win 1 and Over (1.5). For the bet to be won, team 1 must win the match, and the total number of goals must be over 1.5. If one part of the bet is not predicted correctly, the bet will be calculated as lost.

First goal

First goal: it is offered to predict which team will score the first goal. The following markets are available:

1 to score: the first goal must be scored by team 1.
2 to score: the first goal must be scored by team 2.
No goal: none of the teams must score a goal in the match.

Total goals

Total Goals: It is offered to predict the total number of goals scored in the match.

Result in the specified time range

Result in the specified time range: it is offered to predict the outcome of the match in the specified time range. For this bet type, the result, which was fixed before the start of the specified time range, is not included in the calculation.

The example:

The bet: Win 1:16-30 min. For the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner of the match in the specified time range. Note that the result, which was fixed before the start of the specified time range is not included in the calculation.

Let us suppose that by the 16-th minute the match score was 0-0, and on the 27-th minute, team 1 scores a goal. In this case, the bet is won.

Now, let us suppose by the 16-th minute the score was 2-0 (the goals were scored in the 10-th and 14-th minutes), and from the 16-th to 30-th minute, no goals were scored. In this case, the bet is lost, as the result scored before the 16-th minute is not included in the calculation.

Total in the specified time range

Total in the specified time range: it is offered to predict if the total number of scored goals will be over or under the selected value of bet argument in the specified time range. For this bet type, the goals, which were scored before the start of the specified time range, are not included in the calculation.

The example:

The bet: Total from 16-30 minute over (0.5). For the bet to be won, the total number of goals scored in this particular time range (from the16-th minutes until 30-th minute) must be over 0.5. However, the result, which was fixed before the 16-th minute is not included in the calculation.

Let us suppose that the score by the 16-th minute was 0-0, and on the 20-th minute, the score becomes 0-1. In this case, the bet is won.

Now, Let us suppose that the score by the 16-th minute was 0-1 (the goal was scored on the 4-th minute). From the 16-th to 30-th minute no goals were scored. In this case, the bet is lost, as the goal took place before the specified period.

Handicap

Handicap: handicap is the advantage or disadvantage in goals/corners/, which is attributed to a team. The team, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner of the match after the handicap adjustments are performed.

Positive: in this handicap type, the team, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner of the match after the advantage of goals, the number of which is defined as the handicap argument, is added to the team’s final score.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 2 (2). The bet is placed on team 2, and “2” is the handicap argument. For this bet to be won, team 2 must be the winner of the match after we add the advantage of 2 goals to its final score.Let us review three possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 2:1. When we add the advantage of 2 goals to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 2:3. In this case, the bet is won, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, team 2 is the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score 3:0. When we add the advantage of 2 goals to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 3:2. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, team 2 is not the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score 2:0. When we add the advantage of 2 goals to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 2:2. In this case, the bet is refunded, as after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, the score becomes a draw.

Negative: in this handicap type, the team, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner of the match after the number of goals defined by the value of handicap argument is subtracted from the team’s final score.

The example:

The bet: handicap 1(-2): The bet is placed for team 1, and “-2” is the handicap argument. For the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner of the match after we subtract 2 goals from its final score. Let us review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 4:1. When we subtract 2 goals from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 2:1. In this case, the bet is won, as after the handicap adjustments, team 1 is still the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score 2:1. When we subtract 2 goals from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 0:1. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the handicap adjustments, team 1 is not the winner of the match any more.
The match ended with the score 4:2. When we subtract 2 goals from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 2:2. In this case, the bet is refunded, as after the handicap adjustments, the score becomes a draw.

Asian (double) handicap

Asian (double) handicap: in this bet type, the value of handicap argument is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (which means that it can be divided by 0.25 without a remainder). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc. When you place Asian Handicap bet, your bet amount is automatically divided into two equal bets with the same odds, however, with two different bet arguments. Here, the argument of one bet will be the number, which is received, when we add 0.25 to the general argument value. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after we subtract 0.25 from the argument value.

The example:

The bet is Handicap 2 (1.75) with the odds 3. The bet is placed for team 2, and “1.75” is the bet argument here. Let us suppose that the bet amount was 100; it means that the bet is divided into two bets:

Handicap 2 (1.5), with the bet amount 50 and the odds 3(the bet argument here: 1.75-0.25)

Handicap 2 (2), with the bet amount 50 and the odds 3(the bet argument here 1.75+0.25)

Therefore, we received two ordinary handicap bets, and the calculation will be performed on the outcomes of these two bets. Let us now review the possible calculation options of this bet:

The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely won. It means that two bets: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2) will be won. In order to calculate winning amount, the general bet amount is multiplied by the bet odd. The bet amount is 100, and the odd is 3. Therefore, the won amount is 100×3=300.
The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely lost. It means that two bets: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2) will be lost. For instance, with the score 3:0, both bets will be lost.
The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is partially lost and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets will be lost, and the other one will be refunded. For instance, with the score 2:0, the bet Handicap 2(2) will be refunded and the bet Handicap 2 (1.5) will be lost. In this case, the refunded amount will be equal to the half of general bet amount. The general bet amount is 100, so the refunded amount will be 50.

Now, let us review the example of Asian handicap bet, which is calculated as partially won and partially refunded:

The bet is Handicap 2 (0.25) with the odd 2, the bet amount is 200. The bet is placed for team 2 and “0.25” is the bet argument. It means that the bet is divided into two bets:

Handicap 2 (0.5),with the bet amount of 100 and the odds 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25+0.25)

Handicap 2(0),with the bet amount of 100 and the odds 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25-0.25)

Let us suppose that the match ended with the score 0-0. Then, this bet will be calculated as partially won and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets is settled as won, and the other as refunded. In this case, the bet: Handicap 2 (0.5) will be settled as won, and the bet Handicap 2 (0) will be settled as refunded. The winning amount is calculated according to the following formula:

bet amount × (odds+1)÷2

Thus, if we calculate the bet amount, it will be 200 × (2+1)÷2=300.

Asian (double) total

Asian (double) total: in this type of bet for total, the value of bet argument is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (which means that it can be divided by 0.25 without a remainder). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc. When you place Asian Total bet, your bet amount is automatically divided into two equal bets with the same odd, however with two different total arguments. Here, the argument of one bet will be the number, which is received, after we add 0.25 to the argument value. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after we subtract 0.25 from the argument value.

The example:

The bet: Total over (0.75) with the odds 2.5. Here “0.75” is the bet argument. Let us suppose that the bet amount was 200. Therefore, we receive two ordinary bets on total:

Total over (1) with the bet amount of 100 and the odds 2.5 (the bet argument here is 0.75+0.25)

Total over (0.5) with the bet amount of 100 and the odds 2.5 (the bet argument here is 0.75-0.25)

Therefore, we received two ordinary total bets, and the calculation will be performed on the outcomes of these two bets. Let us review the possible calculation options of this bet:

The bet total over (0.75) is completely won. It means that two bets: Total over (1) and Total over (0.5) must be settled as won. For instance, in case of the match score: 1:1, both bets will be settled as won. In order to calculate winning amount, the general Asian bet amount is multiplied by the bet’s odds. In this case, 200 × 2.5=500.
The bet total over (0.75) is completely lost. It means that two bets: Total over (1) and Total over (0.5) must be settled as lost. For instance, in case of the match score 0:0, both bets will be settled as lost. In this case, the player loses the bet amount.
The bet total over (0.75) is partially won and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets must be settled as won and the other as refunded.For instance, in case of match score 1-0, the bet: Total over (0.5) will be settled as won and the bet: Total over (1) will be settled as refunded. The winning amount here is calculated according to the following formula:

bet amount × (odds+1)÷2

Thus, if we calculate the bet amount, it will be 200 × (2.5+1) ÷2=350.

Now let us review the example of Asian total, which will be calculated as partially lost and partially refunded.

The bet:total under (1.75) with the odds 1.5. Here “1.75” is the bet argument. Let us suppose that the bet amount is 300. Therefore, we receive two ordinary bets on total:

Total under (2) with the bet amount of 150 and the odds 1.5 (the bet argument here is 1.75+0.25)

Total under (1.5) with the bet amount of 150 and the odds 1.5 (the bet argument here is 1.75-0.25)

Let us suppose that the match ended with the score 2:0. Then, this bet will be calculated as partially lost and partially refunded. In this case, the bet: Total under (1.5) will be settled as lost, and the bet: Total under (2) will be settled as refunded. In this case, the user will be refunded half of the general bet amount. The general bet amount was 300, so the refunded amount will be 150.

Double

Double: It is offered to predict if the same player will score two goals in match.

Hat-trick

Hat-trick: it is offered to predict if the same player will score three goals in match.

Poker

Poker: it is offered to predict if the same payer will score four goals in match.

European handicap (three-way handicap)

European (score) handicap: the bet for European handicap presupposes that two teams will be given a certain advantage of scores before the start of the game. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: team 1 must turn the winner of the match after the handicap adjustments are made.
X: the score must must be tied after the handicap adjustments are made.
Win 2: team 2 must turn the winner of the match after the handicap adjustments are made.

The example:

Win 1: European handicap (2:1). It means that we must add two points to the result of team 1 and we must add one point to the final result of team 2. For the bet to be won, after the performed adjustments, team 1 must be the winner of the match.

Let us suppose, that the match ended with the score 4:3, when we adjust the handicap points the score becomes 6:4. Thus, the bet is won, as after we adjusted the handicap points, team 1 is the winner of the match.

Correct score

Correct score: It is offered to predict the exact score, with which the main time of match will end.

Even/Odd

Even/Odd: it is offered to predict if the total number of predefined value (e.g. goals, points, corners, rebounds, penalty minutes, etc.) will be an even or an odd number.

Kick-off

Kick-off: It is offered to predict which team will start the game from the center of the field.

Winning margin

Winning margin: It is offered to predict the difference in the number of goals with which the team, on which the bet is placed, will win in match.

The example:

The bet: Team 1: winning margin 2. For the bet to be won, team 1 must win with two goals difference.

Win to nil

Win to nil: It is offered to predict that the team, on which the bet is placed, will win the match and will not allow the other team to score any goals. In other words, for the bet to be won, the final score of the other team must be 0.

Yellow cards

Yellow cards (cautions): It is offered to place bets on the number of yellow cards.

Note that if the same player receives two yellow cards in the match, the second one is not included in the calculation for yellow cards; the second yellow card is regarded as the red card.

The following betting options are offered:

Yellow Cards Over: the total number of yellow cards received in the match must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Yellow Cards Under: the total number of yellow cards received in the match must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Yellow Cards H1: team 1 must become the winner in yellow cards’ score after the handicap adjustments are made.
Yellow Cards H2: team 2 must become the winner in yellow cards’ score after the handicap adjustments are made.

First substitution

First substitution: it is offered to place bets on first substitution. The following betting options are offered:

1-st substitution team1: for the bet to be won, 1-st substitution must be made by team 1.
1-st substitution team 2: for the bet to be won, 1-st substitution must be made by team 2.
1-st substitution both teams at the same time: for the bet to be won, both teams must make the 1-st substitution at the same time.
1-st substitution: no one: for the bet to be won, no substitutions must be made in the match
1-st substitution: in the 1-st half: for the bet to be won, the 1-st substitution must be made in the 1-st half.
1-st substitution: at half time: for the bet to be won, the 1-st substitution must be made in the halt time.
1-st substitution: in the 2-nd half: for the bet to be won, the 1-st substitution must be made in the 2-nd half.

Substitution total

Substitution total: it is offered to predict if the total number of substitutions will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are offered:

Substitution total over: the number of performed substitutions must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.

Substitution total under: the number of performed substitutions must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Scoring draw

Scoring draw: it is offered to predict if the match will end with a scoring draw. The scoring draw presupposes any draw result except for 0-0. In case the bet is placed for scoring draw and the match ends with 0-0, the bet will be settled as lost.

To qualify

To qualify: it is offered to predict if the team on which the bet is placed will be qualified for the selected stage of the given tournament.

The example:

The bet: To qualify for 1/2: team 1: For the bet to be won, team 1 must pass to the 1/2 final of the given tournament.

Corners

Corners: it is offered to make bets on the number of corner kicks performed in the match. The following betting options are offered:

Corners Over: for the bet to be won, the total number of performed corner kicks must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Corners Under: for the bet to be won, the total number of performed corner kicks must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Corners H1: for the bet to be won, team 1 must become the winner in corner kicks’ score after the handicap adjustments are made.
Corners H2: for the bet to be won, team 2 must become the winner in corner kicks’ score after the handicap adjustments are made.
Corners Result Win1: for the bet to be won, team 1 must become the winner in corner kicks’ score.
Corners Results Win 2: for the bet to be won, team 2 must become the winner in corner kicks’ score.
Corners Results Draw: for the bet to be won, the score of corners kicks of both team must be equal.

1-st corner

1-st corner: it is offered to predict which team will perform the 1-st corner kick in the match. If there were no corners in the match and no bets were offered for “no corners”, then the bet for the first corner will be refunded. The following betting options are offered:

1-st corner: team 1: for the bet to be won, the 1-st corner kick must be performed by team 1.
1-st corner: team 2: for the bet to be won,the 1-st corner kick must be performed by team 2.
1-st corner: no one: for the bet to be won, no corner kicks must be performed.

1-st corner minute

1-st corner minute: it is offered to predict if the minute of the first corner kick will be before or after the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

1-st Corner Minute: Over: for the bet to be won, the 1-st corner kick must be made after the minute, defined by the selected value of bet argument.
1-st Corner Minute: Under: for the bet to be won, the 1-st corner kick must be made before the minute, defined by the selected value of bet argument.

Last corner

Last corner: it is offered to predict which team will perform the last corner kick in the match. The following betting options are available:

Last corner: team 1: for the bet to be won, the last corner kick must be performed by team 1.
Last corner: team 2: for the bet to be won, the last corner kick must be performed by team 2.
Last corner: no one: for the bet to be won, only one corner kick must be performed in the match.

Next corner

Next corner: it is offered to predict which team will perform the next corner kick after the bet has been made. The following betting options are available:

Next corner: team 1: for the bet to be won, the next corner kick after the bet was placed must be performed by team 1.
Next corner: team 2: for the bet to be won, the next corner kick after the bet was placed must be performed by team 2.

Corner from all four sides

Corner from all four sides: it is offered to predict if during the match corner kicks will be performed from all four sides of the field. The following betting options are available:

Corner from all four sides: yes: for the bet to be won, at least one corner kick must be performed from each side of the field.
Corner from all four sides: for the bet to be won, no corner kicks must be performed from at least one side of the field.

The highest scoring half

The highest scoring half: it is offered to predict in which half the highest number of goals will be scored. The following bet options are available:

1st < 2nd: the highest number of goals (scored by two teams together) will be scored in the second half.
1st = 2nd: equal number of goals ( scored by two teams together) will be scored in both halves.
1st > 2nd: the highest number of goals will be scored in the first half.

The example:

if the score for the first half was 1:3, which means that the total number of goals is 4, and the score for the second half is 1:1, which means that the total number of goals is 2, then the bet for 1st > 2nd won, and the bets 1st < 2nd and 1st = 2nd are lost.

Rest of the match

Rest of the match: it is offered to predict the outcome of the match, which will be fixed starting from the minute, when the bet has been made until the end of the match. Note that, the result, which had been fixed in the match before the bet was made, is not included in the calculation. The following bet options are offered:

Rest of the Match: Win1: for the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner of the match starting from the moment when the bet has been made.
Rest of the Match: Win2: for the bet to be won, team 2 must be the winner of the match starting from the moment when the bet has been made.
Rest of the Match: Draw: for the bet to be won, draw must be fixed starting from the moment when the bet has been made.

The example:

The score of the match by the 75-th minute is 3-1. The bet is placed on the 76-th minute Rest of the Match: Win2. On the 85-th minute, team 2 scores 1 more goal and team 1 does not score more goals, so the final score is 3-2. In this case, the bet is won, despite the fact that team 1 is the winner of the match, as only the score fixed after the bet was placed counts for this type of the bet, and the score starting from 76-th minute until the end of the match was 0-1.

Penalty

Penalty: it is offered to place bets on the number of penalties performed during the match. (A penalty kick is a method of restarting the game, in which the player performs a single shot on the goal while it is defended only by the opposing team’s goalkeeper.). The following betting options are provided:

Penalty: yes: for the bet to be won, at least one penalty must take place.
Penalty: no: for the bet to be won, no penalties must take place.
Penalty over: for the bet to be won, the number of penalties must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Penalty: under: for the bet to be won, the number of penalties must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Realize penalty by Panenka kick

Realize penalty by Panenka kick: It is offered to predict if any penalty in the match will be performed by Panenka kick. (Panenka Kick is a penalty kick delicately chipped into the back of the net once the goalkeeper has prematurely dived to one side of the goal.). The following bet options are provided:

Yes: for the bet to be won, at least one penalty by Panenka Kick must be performed in the match.
No: for the bet to be won, no penalties performed by Panenka Kick must be performed in the match.

To miss a penalty

To miss a penalty: it is offered to predict if the team on which the bet is made will miss a penalty (to miss a penalty- not to score a goal by penalty). The following betting options are available:

To miss a penalty: team 1: for the bet to be won, team 1 must miss at least one penalty.
To miss a penalty: team 2: for the bet to be won, team 2 must miss at least one penalty.

To score a penalty

To score a penalty: it is offered to predict if the team on which the bet is made, will score a penalty (to score a penalty- to score a goal by penalty). The following betting options are available:

To score a penalty: team 1: for the bet to be won, team 1 must score at least one goal by penalty.
To score a penalty: team 2: for the bet to be won, team 2 must score at least one goal by penalty.

Video Assistant Referee System will be used

Video Assistant Referee System will be used: it is offered to predict if Video Assistant Referee System will be performed during the match. The following bet options are offered:

Yes: for the bet to be won, Video Assistant Referee System must be used during the match.
No: for the bet to be won, Video Assistant Referee System must not be used during the match.

Outright

Outright: it is type of bet, where you are able to predict the winner of a particular championship among its participants.

The example:

The bet: Denmark the winner of Euro 2020: yes. The bet implies that Denmark will become the winner of Euro 2020 Championship.

Relegated

Relegated: it is offered to predict to predict a team will be relegated in the frames of a given competition (Relegation in football is when a team is transferred to a lower division of a league according to results achieved.). The following betting options are available:

Yes: for the bet to be won, the team must be relegated in the frames of a given championship.
No: for the bet to be won, the team must not be relegated in the frames of a given championship.

Total distance covered

Total distance covered: it is offered to predict if the total distance covered by two teams during the match will be over/under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are offered:

Total Distance Covered Over: for the bet to be won, the total distance covered by the team, on which the bet is made, must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total Distance Covered Under: for the bet to be won, the total distance covered by the team, on which the bet is made, must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Next minute (specified time)

Next minute (specified time): it is offered to predict which action will be performed the next minute after the bet is made. The following betting options are offered:

Goal: yes/no
Corner kick: yes/no
Goal kick: yes/no
Free kick: yes/no
Throw in: yes/no
Card: yes/no
Penalty awarded: yes/no

First action in next 5 minutes (specified time)

First action in next 5 Min. (specified time): it is offered to predict which action will be performed the first during 5 minutes starting from the time when the bet was made. The following betting options are offered:

Out
Free Kick
Goal Kick
Corner kick
Penalty awarded
No set Piece

Method of the next goal

Method of the next goal: it is offered to predict the way in which the next goal will be scored. The following betting options are offered:

Regular Goal/No header
Header
Free Kick
Penalty
Own Goal
No Goal

Possession

Possession (%): it is offered to make bets on ball possession in the match. The following betting options are offered:

Possession (%) Over: the ball possession percentage of the team on which the bet is placed will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Possession (%) Under: the ball possession percentage of the team on which the bet is placed will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Goal in both halves

Goal in both halves: it is offered to predict if the goals will be performed in both halves of the match or not. The following betting options are offered:

Yes: for the bet to be won, at least one goal must be scored in each half.
No: for the bet to be won, no goals must be scored at least in one half.

1-st substitution

1-st substitution: it is offered to place bets on the first substitution. The following betting options are offered:

Team 1: for the bet to be won, team 1 must perform the first substitution.
Team 2: for the bet to be won, team 2 must perform the first substitution.
Both teams at the same time: for the bet to be won, both teams must perform the first substitution at the same time.
No one: for the bet to be won, no substitutions must be performed.
In the 1-st half: for the bet to be won, the first substitution must be performed in the 1-st half.
At half -time: for the bet to be won, the first substitution must be performed at half time.
In the 2-nd half: for the bet to be won, the first substitution must be performed in the 2-nd half.

Substitutions

Substitutions: it is offered to predict if the performed number of substitutions will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are offered:

Substitutions over: the number of substitutions will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Substitutions under: the number of substitutions will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Substitute to score

Substitute to score: it is offered to predict if the replacing player will score goals. The following betting options are offered. The following betting options are offered:

Yes: for the bet to be won, a replacing player must score at least one goal.
No: for the bet to be won, the replacing player must not score goals.
Over: for the bet to be won, the number of goals scored by a replacing player must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Under: for the bet to be won, the number of goals scored by a replacing player must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

1-st yellow card minute

1-st yellow card minute: it is offered to predict the time range in minutes, during which the first yellow card will be awarded.

The example:

The bet First yellow card minute from 1 to 21. For the bet to be won, the first yellow card must be received in the the interval from 1-th until 21-st minute.

First to happen

First to happen: it is offered to predict which action will take place the first in the match. The following betting options are offered:

Out
Foul
Goal Kick
Corner
Offside
Goal

How is scored the first goal

How is scored the first goal: it is offered to predict the way in which the first goal will be scored. The following betting options are available:

Regular Goal/No header
Header
Free Kick
Penalty
Own Goal

Passes completed (%)

Passes completed (%): it is offered to make bets on the percentage of passes performed during the match. The following betting options are available:

Passes completed (%) over: for the bet to be won, the percentage of passes performed during the match must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Passes completed (%) under: for the bet to be won, the percentage of passes performed during the match must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Short passes completed (%)

Short passes completed (%): it is offered to predict if the percentage short passes of the team, on which the bet is made is over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting option are available:

Short passes completed (%) over: for the bet to be won, the percentage of short passes performed during the match must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Short passes completed (%) under: for the bet to be won, the percentage of short passes performed during the match must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Medium passes completed (%)

Medium passes completed (%): it is offered to predict if the percentage medium passes of the team, on which the bet is made is over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting option are available:

Medium passes completed (%) over: for the bet to be won, the percentage of medium passes performed during the match must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Medium passes completed (%) under: for the bet to be won, the percentage of medium passes performed during the match must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Long passes completed (%)

Long passes completed (%): it is offered to predict if the percentage long passes of the team, on which the bet is made is over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting option are available:

Long passes completed (%) over: for the bet to be won, the percentage of long passes performed during the match must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Long passes completed (%) under: for the bet to be won, the percentage of long passes performed during the match must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Sending off

Sending off: it is offered to predict if sending off will take place during the match. (Sending off is the situation when a referee removes a player from the field because of the serious rule violation) The following betting options are available:

Sending off yes: for the bet to be won at least one sending off must be performed in the match.
Sending off no: for the bet to be won, no sending off-s must be performed in the match.
Sending off: Over: for the bet to be won, the number of sending off-s in the match must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Sending off: Under:for the bet to be won, the number of sending off-s in the match must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Halftime/Full time

Win1/Win1: for the bet to be won, team 1 must win in both first half and in the full match.
Win1/Draw: for the bet to be won, team 1 must win in the first half, and the full match must end in a draw.
Win1/Win2: for the bet to be won, team 1 must win in the first half, and team 2 must win in the full match.
Draw/Win1: for the bet to be won, the 1-st half must end in a draw, and team 1 must win in the full match.
Draw/Draw: for the bet to be won, both the 1-st half and the full match must end in a draw.
Draw/Win2: for the bet to be won, the 1-st half must end in a draw and team 2 must win in the full match.
Win2/Win1: for the bet to be won, team 2 must win in the 1-st half and team 1 must win in the full match.
Win2/Draw: for the bet to be won, team 2 must win in the 1-st half and the full match must end in a draw.
Win2/Win2: for the bet to be won, team 2 must win in both the 1-st half and in the full match.

Shots on Target

Shots on target: it is offered to make bets on the number of shots on targets. Shot on target is any goal attempt when the ball goes into the net and when the ball would have gone into the net but for being stopped by a goalkeeper’s save. Shots directly hitting the frame of the goal are not counted as shots on target, unless the ball goes in and is awarded as a goal. The following betting options are available:

Shots on Target Over: for the bet to be won, the number of performed shots on target must be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Shots on Target Under: for the bet to be won, the number of performed shots on target must be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Shots on Target H1: for the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner in the score for shots on target after the handicap adjustments are made.
Shots on Target H2: for the bet to be won, team 2 must be the winner in the score for shots on target after the handicap adjustments are made.

Offsides

Offsides: It is offered to make bets on the number of offsides. (A player is in an ‘offside position’ if s/he is in the opposing team’s half of the field and also “nearer to the opponents’ goal line than both the ball and the second-last opponent while being involved in the active game.). The following betting options are offered:

Offsides Over: for the bet to be won, the number of offsides be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Offsides Under: for the bet to be won, the number of offsides be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Offsides H1: for the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner in the score for offsides after the handicap adjustments are made.
Offsides H2: for the bet to be won, team 2 must be the winner in the score for offsides after the handicap adjustments are made.

Fouls

Fouls: it is offered to place the bet on the number of fouls. A foul is an act committed by a player, which is deemed by the referee to be unfair. The following bet options are offered:

Fouls Over: for the bet to be won, the number of fouls be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Fouls Under: for the bet to be won, the number of fouls be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Fouls H1: for the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner in the score for fouls after the handicap adjustments are made.
Fouls H2: for the bet to be won, team 2 must be the winner in the score for fouls after the handicap adjustments are made.

Place in Group

Place in group: it is offered to predict which place in group will be taken by the team, on which the bet is made. The following betting options are offered:

1-st place: for the bet to be won, the team must take the 1-st place in the group.
2-nd place: for the bet to be won, the team must take the 2-nd place in the group.
3-rd place: for the bet to be won, the team must take the 3-rd place in the group.
4-th place: for the bet to be won, the team must take the 4-rd place in the group.
1-st or 2-nd: for the bet to be won, the team must take either the 1-st or the 2-nd place in the group.
2-nd or 3-rd: for the bet to be won, the team must take either the 2-nd or the 3-rd place in the group.
3-rd or 4-th: for the bet to be won, the team must take either the 3-rd or the 4-rd place in the group.

Race to certain number of points

Race to certain number of points: it is offered to predict which team will score the stated number goals in the match.

The example:

The bet Race to 3 points: Team 1. For the bet to be won, team 1 must the first score three goals.

Total minutes draw score

Total minutes draw score: it is offered to predict the total (summed up) number of minutes during which the score of the match was equal.

Lead minutes

Lead minutes: it is offered to predict the time in minutes during which the team was holding a leading position in the score.

The example:

The bet Team 1 Lead minutes: over 31.5. For the bet to be won, the total time during which team 1 was holding the leading position in the match must be over 31 minutes.

Result or Both To Score

Result or Both To Score: it is offered simultaneously to make a bet on the result of the match and whether the goals will (will not) be scored by both teams in the match. The bet will be calculated as won if at least one of the made predictions is correct. The following betting options are available:

1 or Both Teams To Score – Yes
X or Both Teams To Score – Yes
2 or Both Teams To Score – Yes
1 or Both Teams To Score – No
X or Both Teams to Score – No
2 or Both Teams to Score – No

The example
The player has made a bet: 1 or Both to score – Yes. The bet will be calculated as won if the first team wins the match or at least one goal is scored by each team.

1-st Half or Both to Score

1-st Half or Both to Score: it is offered simultaneously to make a bet on the result of the 1-st half of the match and whether the goals will (will not) be scored by both teams in the match. The bet will be calculated as won if at least one of the made predictions is correct. The following betting options are available:

Win 1 in 1-st Half or Both Teams To Score -Yes
Draw in 1-st Half or Both Teams To Score -Yes
Win 2 in 1-st Half or Both Teams To Score -Yes
Win 1 in 1-st Half or Both Teams To Score – No
Draw in 1-st Half or Both Teams To Score – No
Win 2 in 1-st Half or Both Teams To Score – No

The example
The player has made a bet: Draw in 1-st Half or Both Teams To Score-Yes. The bet will be calculated as won if the first half ended in a draw or at least one goal is scored by each team.

2-nd Half or Both to Score

2-nd Half or Both to Score: it is offered simultaneously to make a bet on the result of the 2-nd half of the match and whether the goals will (will not) be scored by both teams in the match. The bet will be calculated as won if at least one of the made predictions is correct. The following betting options are available:

Win 1 in 2-nd Half or Both Teams To Score -Yes
Draw in 2-nd Half or Both Teams To Score – Yes
Win 2 in 2-nd Half or Both Teams To Score -Yes
Win 1 in 2-nd Half or Both Teams To Score – No
Draw in 2-nd Half or Both Teams To Score – No
Win 2 in 2-nd Half or Both Teams To Score – No

The example
The player made a bet: Win 1 in 2-nd Half or Both Teams To Score – Yes. The bet will be calculated as won if the second half of the match is won by the first team or if at least one goal is scored by each team.

Result or Total

Result or Total: it is offered to make a bet on the result of the match and whether the total number of scored goals will be over (under) the selected value of bet argument. The bet will be calculated as won if at least one of the made predictions is correct. The following betting options are available:

Win 1 or Over
Draw or Over
Win 2 or Over
Win 1 or Under
Draw or Under
Win 2 or Under

The example
The player made a bet: Win 2 and Over (2.5). The bet will be calculated as won if the second team wins the match or if at least 3 goals are scored during the match.

Total or Both To Score

Total or Both To Score: it is offered simultaneously to make the bet on the number of the scored goals in the match to be over (under) the selected value of bet argument and whether both teams will score (will not score) goals in the match. The bet will be calculated as won if at least one of the made predictions is correct. The following betting options are available:

Both Teams To Score -Yes or Over
Both Teams To Score -No or Over
Both Teams To Score -Yes or Under
Both Teams To Score -No or Under

The example
The player has made a bet: Both Teams To Score -Yes or Over (3.5). The bet will be calculated as won if each team scores at least one goal or if the total number of the scored goals is at least 4.

Bets on ice hockey

Bets on the outcomes of ice hockey matches are accepted for the main time, except the “Winner of the game” outcome, where, when calculating the bets, the result fixed during additional time (overtime) or in a shootout is also taken into account.

The results fixed in the overtime and in the shootout are not taken into account when calculating bets on the outcomes proposed for the main time.

The bets offered on the outcomes of ice hockey matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win1”.
Draw in the match (period) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose the match (period) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win the match (period) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the match (period) – “2X”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (period), taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (period) , taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (period) – “Total over (under) of the total number“
Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team in the match (period) – “Total over (under) the total number”.
Bets: the total number of goals will be even (odd) in the match (period).
Bets: who will be the winner of the match.

The results registered in overtime (penalty shootout) are also taken into account during the calculation of bets made on this outcome.

There can be championships or tournaments, in which penalty shootout is immediately played in case of the tied score at the end of regular time without overtime being played. Besides, according to requirements of particular tournaments or championships, the overtime can be played as many times as needed for one of the teams to win.

It is also possible that after the tied score in the regular time, the teams will finish the game with the tied result. In this case, if the provider offered bet on the outcome “Match winner”, it will be calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on the final score of the match.
It is offered to select the exact score recorded in the final result of the match, according to the possible options included in the Line.
Bets: the first (second) team will score (not score) a goal.
Bets: both teams will score (not score) a goal.
Bets: which team will score (none of the teams will score) the first (second or next) goal in the match.
Bets on points scored by the player.

In ice hockey, the points scored by a player are equal to the sum of total amount of scored goals and the number of scored assists in a given match.

If several players took part in an attack that ended with a goal, all of these players may be awarded with points.

To calculate bets on points scored by players, the information on the official website of this championship or tournament is taken as a basis.

Bets on goals scored and the result of the match.

To guess the scored goals and the result of the match. The following options are offered:
1. “Total of the match is over (under) the specified number and Win1 (Win1-X)”
2. “Total of the match is over (under) the specified number and Draw (Win1-Win2)”
3. “Total of the match is over (under) the specified number and Win2 (X-Win2)”

Bets on highest scoring periods.

In what period will be scored more goals.

Bets: the winner of the match will be determined in overtime (in a shootout).
Bets on the quantity of 2-minute penalties in the match.
When calculating bets on this outcome, it is not the number of two-minute penalties but their total time is taken into account.

For example, there were 5 (five) two-minute penalties in the match: the first team received 2 two-minute penalties and the second team received 3 two-minute penalties. In this case, when calculating bets on two-minute penalties, it is taken into account that the first team had a penalty of 4 minutes (2×2), and the second – 6 minutes (2×3).
Bets on the number of shots into the goal in the match.
Bets: the specified team will have (not have) come-from-behind victory.

Come-from-behind victory means that the team must lose at any point during the match before finishing victorious.

Bets on the total number of video replays in the match – “Total over (under) the total number”.

When calculating bets on the number of the video replays all the video replays are taken into account, regardless of its initiator.

To calculate the results of ice hockey matches, the official websites of the Championships and tournaments (presented in the table) are taken as a basis (except for “Bets on points scored by the player”). An ice hockey match that was interrupted and did not continue or completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 50 minutes were played. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid. Bets placed on the outcome of the “Winner of the game” are calculated with odds of “1” (one), if the match interrupted on an equal score and is considered to have taken place.

The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already known at the time of the stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in the ice hockey matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

In ice hockey the bets are accepted on regular time of match, except for the market “Match winner”, during the calculation of which the result registered in overtime or penalty shootout is also taken into account. The results registered in overtime and penalty shootout are not taken into account during the calculation of the bets made on the outcomes offered for regular time.

The match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished in 24 hours, is considered to be completed if it was played for not less than 50 minutes. In the other cases, the event is considered to be not completed. The bets on “Match Winner” are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one) if the match has been interrupted with the tied score and is considered to be completed. If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Result

Result: it is offered to predict, which team will be the match winner. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: victory of team 1
Win 2: victory of team 2
X: the match ends in a draw

Match winner (including OT and shootouts)

Match winner (including OT and shootouts): it is offered to predict the match winner with overtime and shootouts taken into account. Overtime is appointed if the score is tied at the end of three periods. In case the tie is not broken after overtime, penalty shots are appointed. The following betting options are available:

Match winner (including OT and shootouts): win1 – team 1will be the winner of the match with overtime and shootouts taken into account
Match winner (including OT and shootouts): win2 – team 2 will be the winner of the match with overtime and shootouts taken into account

Double chance

1X: the match ends with either team 1 victory or a draw
12: the match ends with victory of either team 1 or team 2
X2: the match ends with either victory of team 2 or a draw

The example
If the match ends with the score 2:2, the bets 1X and X2 will be won, and the bet 12 will be lost.

Handicap

Handicap: handicap is the advantage or disadvantage in goals, which is attributed to a team. The team, on which the bet is placed, must turn the winner of the match after the handicap adjustments are performed.

Positive Handicap: in this handicap type, the team, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner of the match after the advantage of goals, the number of which is defined as the handicap argument, is added to the team’s final score.

The example

The bet Handicap 2 (2). The bet is placed on team 2, and (2) is the handicap argument. For this bet to be won, team 2 must become the winner of the match after we add the advantage of 2 goals to its final score. Let us review three possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 2:1. When we add the advantage of 2 goals to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 2:3. In this case, the bet is won, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage team 2 is the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score 3:0. When we add the advantage of 2 goals to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 3:2. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage team 2 is not the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score 2:0. When we add the advantage of 2 goals to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 2:2. In this case, the bet is refunded, as after the adjustments of handicap advantage the score becomes a draw.

Negative Handicap: in this handicap type, the team, on which the bet is placed, must turn the winner of the match after the number of goal defined by the value of handicap argument is subtracted from the team’s final score.

The example

The bet Handicap 1(-2): The bet is placed for team 1, and (-2) is the handicap argument. For the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner of the match after we subtract 2 goals from its final score. Let us review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 4:1. When we subtract 2 goals from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 2:1. In this case, the bet is won, as after the handicap adjustments team 1 is still the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score 2:1. When we subtract 2 goals from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 0:1. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the handicap adjustments team 1 is not the winner of the match any more.
The match ended with the score 4:2. When we subtract 2 goals from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 2:2. In this case, the bet is refunded, as after the handicap adjustments the score becomes a draw.

Asian (Double) Handicap

Asian (Double) Handicap: in this bet type, the value of handicap argument is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (which means that it can be divided by 0.25 without a remainder). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc. When you place Asian Handicap bet, your bet amount is automatically divided into two equal bets with the same odds, however, with two different bet arguments. Here, the argument of one bet will be the number, which is received, when we add 0.25 to the general argument value. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after we subtract 0.25 from the argument value.

The example

The bet is Handicap 2 (1.75) with the odds 3.The bet is placed for team 2, and “1.75” is the bet argument here. Let us suppose that the bet amount was 100; it means that the bet is divided into two bets:

Handicap 2 (1.5), with the bet amount 50 and the odds 3 (the bet argument here: 1.75-0.25)

Handicap 2 (2), with the bet amount 50 and the odds 3 (the bet argument here 1.75+0.25)

Therefore, we received two ordinary handicap bets, and the calculation will be performed on the outcomes of these two bets. Let us now review the possible calculation options of this bet:

The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely won. It means that two bets: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2) will be won. In order to calculate winning amount, the general bet amount is multiplied by the bet odd. The bet amount is 100, and the odds is 3. Therefore, the won amount is 100×3=300.
The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely lost. It means that two bets: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2) will be lost. For instance, with the score 3:0, both bets will be lost.
The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is partially lost and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets will be lost, and the other one will be refunded. For instance, with the score 2:0, the bet Handicap 2(2) will be refunded and the bet Handicap 2 (1.5) will be lost. In this case, the refunded amount will be equal to the half of general bet amount. The general bet amount is 100, so the refunded amount will be 50.

Now, let us review the example of Asian handicap bet, which is calculated as partially won and partially refunded:

The bet Handicap 2 (0.25) with the odds 2, and the bet amount of 200. The bet is placed for team 2 and “0.25” is the bet argument. It means that the bet is divided into two bets:

Handicap 2 (0.5), with the bet amount of 100 and the odds 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25+0.25)

Handicap 2(0), with the bet amount of 100 and the odds 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25-0.25)

bet amount × (odds+1)÷2

Thus, if we calculate the bet amount, it will be 200 × (2+1) ÷2=300.

Total Over/Under

Total Over/Under: it is offered to predict if the total number of scored goals will be over or under the selected value of bet argument:

Total Over: the number of goals must exceed the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of goals and value the bet argument coincide, the bet is refunded.

The example

The bet Total over (3). In this bet, “3” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of goals scored in the match must be over 6. In case the total number of goals equals to 6, the bet will be refunded.

Total Under: the number of goals must be lower than the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of goals and value the bet argument coincide, the bet is refunded.

The example:

The bet Total under (6). In this bet, “6” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of goals scored in the match must be lower than 6. In case the total number of goals equals to 6, the bet will be refunded.

European (Imaginary) handicap

European (Imaginary) handicap: the bet for European handicap presupposes that two teams will be given a certain advantage of scores before the start of the game. The team, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner of the match after the handicap adjustments of both teams are made.

The example

The bet Win 1: European Handicap (2:1). It means that we must add two points to the result of team 1 and we must add one point to the final result of team 2. For the bet to be won, after the performed adjustments, team 1 must be the winner of the match. Let us suppose, that the match ended with the score 3:3, when we adjust the handicap points the score becomes 5:4. Thus, the bet is won, as after we adjusted the handicap points, team 1 is the winner of the match.

1-st Goal

1-st Goal:it is offered to predict which team will score the first goal in the match. The following betting options are available:

Team 1 to score: team 1 will score the first goal
Team 2 to score: team 2 will score the first goal
No goal: no goals will be scored

Correct Score

Correct Score: It is offered to predict the exact score of the match.

The example

The bet Correct Score 1:5. For the bet to be calculated as won the match must end with the score 1:5.

(Selected) Goal

(Selected) Goal: it is offered to predict which team will score the selected goal. The following betting options are available:

Team 1 to score: the selected goal will be scored by team 1
Team 2 to score: the selected goal will be scored by team 2
No goal: the selected goal will not be scored

The example

The bet 10-th goal: team 1 to score. For the bet to be calculated as won, the 10-th goal must be scored by team 1.

Team to score its 1-st puck

Team to score its 1-st puck: it is offered to predict in which period the team will score its first goal. The following betting options are available:

1-st period: the team will
score the first goal in the 1-st period of the match
2-nd period: the team will
score the first goal in the 2-nd period of the match
3-rd period: the team will
score the first goal in the 3-rd period of the match
Will not score: the selected team
will not score a goal

The example

The bet Team 1 to score its 1-st puck: 1-st period. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must score its first goal in the first period.

1-st Puck

1-st Puck: it is offered to predict when the first goal will be scored. The following betting options are available:

1-st period: the 1-st goal will be scored in the first period
2-nd period: the 1-st goal will be scored in the second period
3-rd period: the 1-st goal will be scored in the third period
Will not score: no goals will be scored in all periods

Team will not lose and match total

Team will not lose and match total: it is offered to predict that the team will not lose in the match and simultaneously to predict if the total number of goals scored in the match will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. For the bet to be calculated as won both outcomes must be predicted correctly. The following betting options are available:

Team will not lose and match total: over – the team will not lose in the match and the total number of goals scored during the match will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Team will not lose and match total: under – the team will not lose in the match and the total number of goals scored during the match will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

The example

The bet Team 1 will not lose and match total over (5). For the bet to be calculated as won team 1 must not lose and the total number of goals (scored by two teams) must be higher than 5. E.g. if the match ends with the score 3:3, the bet will be calculated as won because team 1 did not lose and the total number of scored goals is 6.

Team to score first and win

Team to score first and win: it is offered to predict if the team will score the first and win the match. The following betting options are available:

Team to score first and win: yes – the team will score the first and be the winner of the match (for the bet to be calculated as won, two outcomes must be predicted correctly)
Team to score first and win: no – the team will either not score the first or not win in the match (or two options simultaneously)

The example

The bet Team 2 to score first and win: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 2 must score the first and be the winner of the match.

Team to score first and not win

Team to score first and not win: it is offered to predict if the team will score the first, however not win in the match. The following betting options are available:

Team to score first and not win: yes – the team will score the first, however will not win in the match (for the bet to be calculated as won, two outcomes must be predicted correctly)
Team to score first and not win: no – the team will either not score the first or win in the match (or two options simultaneously)

The example

The bet Team 1 to score first and not win: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must score the first, however, not be the winner of the match (the match must end either in a draw or with the victory of team 2)

Win from behind

Win from behind:it is offered to predict the team’s victory, however, the team on which the bet is made must lose at any point during the match before finishing victorious.

The example

The bet Team 1 win from behind: yes. Let us suppose that on the 36-th minute the score of the match was 2-3, however, the match ended with the score 4-3. In this case, the bet will be calculated as won, because team 1 won the match, and during the match there was the point, when team 1 was losing.

Win at least 1 Period

Win at least 1 Period: it is offered to predict the team’s victory in at least one period of the match. The following betting options are available:

Win at least 1 Period: yes – the team, on which the bet is made, will win in at least one period
Win at least 1 Period: no – the team, on which the bet is made, will win in none of the periods

The example

The bet Win 1 at least 1 period: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won team 1 must win in at least one period.

Win and match total

Win and match total: It is offered to place bet on match result and on the total number of scored goals simultaneously (For the bet to be calculated won, both match result and match total must be predicted correctly).

The example

The bet: Win 1 and Over (1.5). For the bet to be won, team 1 must win the match, and the total number of goals must be over 1.5.

Team to score

Team to score: it is offered to predict if the team will score goals in the match. The following betting options are available:

Team 1 to Score:

Yes: team 1 will score at least one goal
No: team 1 will not score goals at all

Team 2 to Score:

Yes: team 2 will score at least one goal
No: team 2 will not score goals at all

Both Teams to Score:

Yes: each team will score at least one goal
No: either one of the team will not score goals or both teams will not score goals

Only One Team to Score:

Yes: only one team will score goals
No: either both team will not score goals or both teams will score goals

1-st Goal minute

1-st Goal minute: it is offered to predict the time range, during which the first goal will be scored.

The example

The bet 1-st minute goal: from 26 to 60 min. For the bet to be calculated as won, the first goal must be scored in time range from 26-th to 60-th minute.

Last goal minute

Last goal minute: it is offered to predict the time range, during which the last goal will be scored.

The example

The bet Last goal minute: 56-60 min. For the bet to be calculated as won, the last goal must be scored in the time range starting from 56-th to 60-th minute.

Overtime Result

Overtime Result: it is offered to predict the result of the overtime (In Ice hockey overtime is appointed if the score is tied at the end of 3 periods). The following betting options are available:

Win 1: team 1 will be the winner of the overtime
Win 2: team 2 will be the winner of the overtime
X: the overtime will end in a draw

Team to score 2 goals in a row

Team to score 2 goals in a row: it is offered to predict if the team will score 2 goals in a row. The following betting options are available:

Team to score 2 goals in a row: yes – the team will score 2 goals in a row
Team to score 2 goals in a row: no – the team will not score 2 goals in a row

The example

The bet Team 1 to score 2 goals in a row: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must score two goals in a row.

Goal in every period

Goal in every period: it is offered to predict if goals will be scored in each of the three periods of the match. The following betting options are available:

Goal in every period: yes – at least one goal will be scored in each of the three periods.
Goal in every period: no – no goals will be scored at least in one of the three periods.

Empty net goal

Empty net goal: it is offered to make bets on the number of empty net goals. In ice hockey an empty net goal is the goal, which is scored to the gate’s of the team, which substituted the goalkeeper for the sixth player. Thus, the goalkeeper leaves the field and the sixth player enters the game. The following betting options are available:

Empty net goal: yes – at least one empty net goal will be scored
Empty net goal: no – no empty net goals will be scored
Empty net goal: over – the number of scored empty net goals will be higher than the selected value of bet argument
Empty net goal: under – the number of scored empty net goals will be lower than the selected value of bet argument

To score a short-handed goal

To score a short-handed goal: it is offered to make bets on the number of short-handed goals. In ice hockey a short-handed goal is the situation, when the team scores a goal when they are outnumbered on the ice by at least one player. The following betting options are available:

To score a short-handed goal: yes – at least one short-handed goal will be scored in the match
To score a short-handed goal: no – no short-handed goals will be scored in the match
To score a short-handed goal: over – the number of scored short-handed goals will be higher than the selected value of bet argument
To score a short-handed goal: under – the number of scored short-handed goals will be lower than the selected value of bet argument

Penalty shootout. Score a goal

Penalty shootout. Score a goal: it is offered to predict if during the shootout, the selected penalty will score a goal Penalty shootouts is appointed if the tie is not broken after overtime. The following betting options are available:

Penalty shootout. Score a goal: yes – the selected penalty will score a goal
Penalty shootout. Score a goal no – the selected penalty will not score a goal

The example

The bet 2-nd Penalty shootout. Score a goal: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, the 2-nd penalty must score goal.

Total goals scored during power play

Total goals scored during power play: it is offered to predict if the total number of goals scored during the power play will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. In ice hockey the team is said to be on a power play, when at least one opposing player is sent to the penalty box, thus the team has a numerical advantage on the ice and manages to score in this position. Whenever both teams have the same number of players on the ice, there is no power play. The following betting options are available:

Total goals scored during power play: over – the total number of goals scored during the power play will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total goals scored during power play: under – the total number of goals scored during the power play will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Number of goals

Number of goals: It is offered to predict the total number of scored goals.

The example

The bet Number of goals:6. For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of scored goals must be precisely 6.

Highest scoring period

Highest scoring period: it is offered to predict in which period the highest number of goals will be scored. The following bet options are available:

2>1: the number of goals scored in the second period will be higher than in the first period
3>1: the number of goals scored in the third period will be higher than in the first period
3>2: the number of goals scored in the third period will be higher than in the second period

Win in all periods

Win in all periods: it is offered to predict if the team will win in all three periods of the match. The following betting options are available:

Win in all periods: yes – the team will win in all three periods
Win in all periods: no – the team will not win in at least one of the periods

The example

The bet Win 2 in all periods: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 2 must win in all three periods.

Winning margin

Winning margin: It is offered to predict the difference in the number of goals, with which the team will win in match.

The example

The bet Team 1: winning margin 2 goals. For the bet to be won, team 1 must win with two goals difference.

All periods total

All periods total:it is offered to predict if the total number of goals scored in each of three periods will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

All periods total: over – the total number of goals scored in each of three periods will be higher than the selected value of bet argument
All periods total: under – the total number of goals scored in each of three periods will be lower than the selected value of bet argument

The example

The bet All periods total: over (3).For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of goals scored in each period must be higher than 3.

Each team over/under

Each team over/under: it is offered to predict if the total number of goals scored by each team will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Each team: over – the number of goals scored by each team will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Each team: under – the number of goals scored by each team will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

The example

The bet Each team: over (2.5). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of goals scored by each team must be over 2.5.

Draw in at least one of the periods

Draw in at least one of the periods: It is offered to predict if the draw will be fixed in at least one period of the match. The following betting options are available:

Draw in at least one of the periods: yes – at least one of the periods will end in a draw
Draw in at least one of the periods: no – none of the periods will end in a draw

Win at least 2 periods

Win at least 2 periods: it is offered to predict the selected team’s victory in at least 2 periods. The following betting options are available:

Win at least 2 periods: yes – the selected team will win in at least 2 periods
Win at least 2 periods: no – the selected team will not win in 2 periods

Team to win by penalty shootouts

Team to win by penalty shootouts:it is offered to predict if the selected team will win the match by penalty shootouts. Penalty shootouts are appointed if the tie is not broken after overtime. The following betting options are available:

Team to win by penalty shootouts: yes – the selected team will win the match by penalty shootouts.
Team to win by penalty shootouts: no – the selected team will not win the match by penalty shootouts.

The example

The bet Team 1 to win by penalty shootouts: yes.For the bet to be calculated as won team 1 must win the match by penalty shootouts.

Match ends in overtime

Match ends in overtime: it is offered to predict if the winner of the match will be decided during the overtime. The following betting options are available:

Match ends in overtime: yes – the winner will be decided during the overtime
Match ends in overtime: no – the winner will not be decided during the overtime

Win to Nil

Win to Nil: It is offered to predict that the team, on which the bet is placed, will win the match and will not allow the other team to score any goals. In other words, for the bet to be won, the final score of the other team must be 0.

The example

The bet Team 1 to win to Nil. For the bet to be calculated as won team 1 must win the match by not allowing the opposing team to score a goal.

Total Odd/Even

Total Odd/Even: it is offered to predict if the total number of scored goals will be even or odd (0 is considered as an even number)

The example

The bet Total Odd/Even: Odd. For the bet to be calculated as won the total number of goals must be odd (e.g.1, 3, 5, 7 etc.)

1-st period Draw

1-st period Draw:it is offered to predict if the 1-st period will end in a draw. The following betting options are available:

1-st period Draw: yes – the 1-st period will end in a draw
1-st period Draw: no – the 1-st period will not end in a draw

Points over/under

Points over/under: it is offered to predict if the total number of points scored by a particular player will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. One point is awarded to a player for each goal scored or assist, which resulted in a goal.

The example

The bet Kuznetsov Evgeny: Points over (0.5). For the bet to be calculated as won the player must score minimum 1 point.

2 min penalty time total

2 min penalty time total: it is offered to predict if the total number of minutes of the appointed 2 min penalties will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. 2 min penalty in ice hockey is the infringement of rules, for which the player is sent off for 2 minutes. The following betting options are available:

2 min penalty time
total: over – the total number of minutes for the appointed 2 min penalties
will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
2 min penalty time
total: under – the total number of minutes for the appointed 2 min penalties
will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

The example

The bet 2 min penalty time total: over (6). For the bet to be calculated as won, 2 min penalty must be appointed minimum 4 times, as in that case the total number of minutes will be 8 (4×2) and 8>6.

Bets on basketball

For basketball matches the regular time is set 40 or 48 minutes (4 quarters, each lasts 10 or 12 minutes accordingly) of net playing time, depending on the requirements of a conducted championship or tournament. The results registered in the overtime are also taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the outcomes of basketball matches. If the match ends in a draw, the overtime is not played according to requirements of the conducted tournament or for any other reason and if “Draw” outcome has not been offered in the program (line), then the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

According to the requirements of a conducted championship or tournament, after the result of the return match the overtime play can be assigned to define the winner. In such cases the results registered in the overtime are not taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the outcomes of the return match.

Basketball matches can be also conducted in 3×3 format. Matches in this format last 10 minutes or until one of the teams reaches 21 points. The results registered in the overtime are also taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the match outcomes. During the matches conducted in this format, the notice informing about the match format is made by the provider in the program (line). If during 3×3 format match because of disqualification, injuries or the player’s expulsion from the game, two players are left in one of the participating teams’ line-up, then the match is interrupted and is considered not completed. The bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets offered on the outcomes of basketball matches:

The first team will win the match (including the overtime) – “Win1”.
The second team will win the match (including the overtime) – “Win2”.
The first team will win the match (half, quarter) – “Win1”.
Draw in the match (half, quarter) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (half, quarter) – “Win2”
The first team will not lose the match (half, quarter) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win the match (half, quarter) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the match (half, quarter) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half, quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half, quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of points scored by the teams in the match (half, quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of points scored by each team individually in the match (half, quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of points scored in the match (half, quarter) to be even (odd).
Bets: which half (quarter) will be the most productive:
To predict in which half (quarter) the highest number of points will be scored.
Bets on the total number of points scored in the most productive quarter to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument”.
Bets on the overtime to be played (not to be played).
Bets: which of the teams will be the first (last) to score points.
Bets: which of the teams will perform the first (last) foul.
Bets: which of the team will win the first rebound.
Bets: which of the teams will perform the first (last) 2-point shot.
Bets: which of the teams will perform the first (last) 3-point shot.
Bets: which of the teams will perform the first (last) free throw.
Bets on winning margin outcomes.
It is offered to predict which team will win the match and with which difference in points. For example: “Team 1 by 2 points margin”.
Bets: which of the teams will be the first to score the offered number of points in the match (half, quarter).
Bets on the scored points and match result:
To predict the scored points and match result. The following options are offered:
“Match total over (under) the offered value of bet argument and Win 1”
“Match total over (under) the offered value of bet argument and Win 2”

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as basis during calculation of bets made on the outcomes of basketball matches.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of basketball matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

The bets for basketball are accepted with Extra time (overtime) taken into account. Exceptions are the events for which “draw” bet option is offered in the line.

Result

Result: it is offered to predict which team will be the match winner. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: victory of team 1
Win 2: victory of team 2
Draw: the match will end in a draw

Handicap

Handicap: handicap is the advantage or disadvantage in points, which is attributed to a team. The team, on which the bet is made, must be the winner of the match after the handicap adjustments are performed.

Positive Handicap: in this handicap type, the team,on which the bet is made, must become the winner of the match after the advantage of points, the number of which is defined by the handicap argument, is added to the team’s final score.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 2 (5). The bet is made on team 2, and “5” is the handicap argument here. For this bet to be won, team 2 must be the winner of the match after we add the advantage of 5 points to its final score. Let us review three possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score: 108-105. When we add the advantage of 5 points to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 108-110. In this case, the bet is won, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, team 2 is the winner.
The match ended with the score 106-100. When we add the advantage of 5 points to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 106-105. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the adjustment handicap advantage, team 2 is not the winner.
The match ended with the score 104-99. When we add the advantage of 5 points to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 104-104. In this case, the bet is refunded, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, the score becomes a draw.

Negative Handicap:in this handicap type, the team, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner of the match after the number of points defined by the value of handicap argument is subtracted from the team’s final score.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 1 (-5).The bet is made for team 1, and “-5” is the handicap argument. For the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner of the match after we subtract 5 points from its final score.Let us review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 110-104. When we subtract 5 points from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 105-104. In this case, the bet is won, as after the handicap adjustments, team 1 is still the winner.
The match ended with the score 105-102. When we subtract 5 points from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 100-102. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the handicap adjustments, team 1 is not the winner.
The match ended with the score 110-105. When we subtract 5 points from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 105-105. In this case, the bet is refunded, as after the handicap adjustments, the score becomes a draw.

Total

Total:it is offered to predict if the total number of points scored in the match will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total Over: the number of scored points will be higher than the selected value of bet argument. If the total number of points and value the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

Total over (214): In this bet, “214” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of scored points must be higher than 214. In case, the total number of points equals to 214, the bet will be refunded.

Total Under: the number of points must be lower than the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of points and value the bet argument coincide, the bet is refunded.

The example:

The bet: total under (214): In this bet, “214” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of points scored in the match must be lower than 214. In case, the total number of goals equals to 214, the bet will be refunded.

Half time/Full time

Half time/Full time: it is offered to predict the outcomes of the first half and full time of the match simultaneously. For the bet to be won both outcomes must be predicted correctly. In basketball, first half includes the first and the second quarters, and the second – the third and the fourth quarters. The following betting options are available:

Win1/Win1: team 1 will win in both the first half and in the match.
Win1/Draw: team 1 will win in the first half, and the match will end in a draw.
Win1/Win2: team 1 must win in the first half, and team 2 will win in the match.
Draw/Win1: the first half will end in a draw, and team 1 will win in the match.
Draw/Draw: both the first half and the match will end in a draw.
Draw/Win2: the first half will end in a draw and team 2 will win in the match.
Win2/Win1: team 2 will win in the first half and team 1 will win in the match.
Win2/Draw: team 2 will win in the first half and the match will end in a draw.
Win2/Win2: team 2 will win in both the first half and in the match.

First Quarter/Match

First Quarter/Match: it is offered to predict the outcomes of the first quarter and the match simultaneously. For the bet to be won both outcomes must be predicted correctly. The following betting options are available:

Win1/Win1: team 1 will win in both the first quarter and in the match.
Win1/Draw: team 1 will win in the first quarter and the match will end in a draw.
Win1/Win2: team 1 must win in the first quarter and team 2 will win in the match.
Draw/Win1: the first quarter will end in a draw, and team 1 will win in the match.
Draw/Draw: both the first quarter and the match will end in a draw.
Draw/Win2: the first quarter will end in a draw and team 2 will win in the match.
Win2/Win1: team 2 will win in the first quarter and team 1 will win in the match.
Win2/Draw: team 2 will win in the first quarter and the match will end in a draw.
Win2/Win2: team 2 will win in both the first half and in the match.

Triple-Double

Triple-Double: it is offered to predict if triple double will be fixed in the match. (Triple-Double presupposes that the same player during the game will score a double-digit total number of points in three of the five following statistical categories: points, total rebounds, assists, steals, and blocks. In other words, for the bet to be won, the same player must score at least 10 points in three of the mentioned categories). The following betting options are available:

Triple-Double: yes – at least one triple-double will be fixed in the match.
Triple-Double: no – no triple-doubles will be fixed in the match.
Triple-Double: over – the number of triple-doubles fixed in the match will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Triple-Double: under – the number of triple-doubles fixed the match will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Total even/odd

Total even/odd: it is offered to predict if the total number of scored points will be even or odd number. The following betting options are available:

Total: even – the total number of scored points will be even.
Total: odd – the total number of scored points will be odd.

Start throw the ball

Start throw the ball: it is offered to predict which team will win the first throw of the ball. (The referee tosses the ball high into the air. Two opposing players try to gain control of the ball by leaping into the air. It is not allowed to grab the ball. The player should tap the ball and manage to redirect it in the direction of his/her teammate using one hand). The following betting options are available:

Start Throw the Ball: team 1 – team 1 will perform the start throw of the ball.
Start Throw the Ball: team 2 – team 2 will perform the start throw of the ball.

First time out

First time out: it is offered to predict which team will perform the first time-out in the match. (According to NBA rules, each game is allowed to perform six time-outs during 48 minutes of the game.) The following betting options are available:

First time out: team 1 – team 1 will perform the first time out in the match.
First time out: team 2 – team 2 will perform the first time out in the match

Last time out

Last time out: it is offered to predict which team will perform the last time-out in the match. (According to NBA rules, each game is allowed to perform six timeouts during 48 minutes of the game.) The following betting options are available:

Last time out: team 1 – team 1 will perform the last time-out in the match.
Last time out: team 2 – team 2 will perform the last time-out in the match.

The same number of points in at least 2 quarters

The same number of points in at least 2 quarters: It is offered to predict whether the total number of points scored by the teams will be the same in at least 2 quarters of the match. The following betting options are available:

The same number of points in at least 2 quarters: Yes – the total number of points scored by the teams will be the same in at least 2 quarters.
The same number of points in at least 2 quarters: No – the total number of points scored by the teams will not be the same in any 2 quarters.

The example

The bet The same number of points in at least 2 quarters: Yes. Let us suppose that the score in the 1-st quarter is 25:30 and the score of the 2-nd quarter 22:33. In this case the bet will be calculated as won because the total of the 2 quarters is the same number, which is 55 (25+30 = 55) and (22+33 = 55).

The Highest scoring quarter

The Highest scoring quarter: It is offered to predict in which quarter the highest total number of points will be scored. The following betting options are available:

Highest scoring quarter: 1-st quarter – the highest total number of points will be scored in the 1-st quarter.
Highest scoring quarter: 2-nd quarter – the highest total number of points will be scored in the 2-nd quarter.
Highest scoring quarter: 3-rd quarter – the highest total number of points will be scored in the 3-rd quarter.
Highest scoring quarter: 4-th quarter – the highest total number of points will be scored in the 4-th quarter.
Highest scoring quarter: equal –the equal number of points will be scored in each quarter.

Total highest scoring quarter

Total highest scoring quarter: it is offered to predict if the total number of points scored in the highest scoring quarter will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Total highest scoring quarter: over – the total number of points scored in the highest scoring quarter will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total highest scoring quarter: under – the total number of points scored in the highest scoring quarter will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Total lowest scoring quarter

Total lowest scoring quarter: it is offered to predict if the total number of points scored in the lowest scoring quarter will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Total lowest scoring quarter: over – the total number of points scored in the lowest scoring quarter will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total lowest scoring quarter: under – the total number of points scored in the lowest scoring quarter will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Highest scoring half

Highest scoring half: it is offered to predict in which half the match the total highest number of points will be scored. (In Basketball, the first half includes the first and the second quarters, and the second half – the third and the fourth quarters). The following betting options are available:

Highest scoring half: 1-st half: the total highest number of points will be scored in the first half.
Highest scoring half: 2-nd half: the total highest number of points will be scored in the second half.

Result

Win in all quarters: it is offered to make the bet on the team victory in all (four) quarters. The following betting options are available:

Win 1 in all Quarters: yes – team 1 will win in all four quarters of the game.
Win 1 in all Quarters: no – team 1 will lose at least in one quarter of the game.
Win 2 in all Quarters: yes – team 2 will win in all four quarters of the game.
Win 2 in all Quarters: no – team 2 will lose at least in one quarter of the game.

Win in both halves

Win in both halves: it is offered to predict the team victory in both halves of the game. (In Basketball, the first half includes the first and the second quarters, and the 2-nd half – the third and the fourth quarters). The following betting options are available:

Win 1 in both halves: yes – team 1 will win in both halves of the game.
Win 1 in both halves: no – team 1 will lose at least in one half of the game.
Win 2 in both halves: yes – team 2 will win in both halves of the game.
Win 2 in both halves: no – team 2 will lose at least in one half of the game.

Scored Points

Scored points: it is offered to predict the total number of points scored during the game.

The
example:

The bet: scored points from 101 to 110. For the bet to be won, the total number of scored points must be in the interval from 101 to 110.

Winning margin

Winning margin: it is offered to predict the difference in points by which the team, on which the bet is made, will win the game.

The example:

The bet Team 1 by 6-10 point margin: Team 1 must win the game and the difference in points must be in the interval from 6 to 10. Thus, if we suppose that the score of the game is 107-100, the bet will be calculated as won.

Winning margin: Any other

Winning Margin: Any other: it is offered to make a bet on the match to be finished with any winning margin except for the offered ones.

The example:

For the market 1-st quarter: Winning Margin: the following betting options are offered:

Team 1 by 3 or more points
Team 2 by 3 or more points
Any other

For the bet to be calculated as won, the 1-st quarter must finish with any margin except for 3 or more points.

Total dunks

Total dunks: it is offered to predict if the total number of dunks performed during the game will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. Dunk is the type of shot in basketball, when a player jumps in the air, controls the ball above the horizontal plane of the rim, and scores by putting the ball directly through the basket with one or both hands.

The following betting options are available:

Total dunks: over – the total number of dunks performed during the game will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total dunks: under – the total number of dunks performed during the game will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Win and Match Total

Win and Match Total: it is offered to make bets on the team victory and the match total simultaneously. If both outcomes will be predicted correctly, the bet will be calculated as won. The following betting options are offered:

Win 1 and match total: over – team 1 will win the match and the total number of scored points will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Win 1 and match total: under – team 1 will win the match and the total number of scored points will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Win 2 and match total: over – team 2 will win the match and the total number of scored points will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Win 2 and match total: under – team 2 will win the match and the total number of scored points will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Overtime

Overtime: it is offered to predict if overtime will be played or not. The following betting options are available:

Overtime: yes – overtime will be played.
Overtime: no – overtime will not be played.

Score points first

Score points first: it is offered to predict which team will score the first in the match. The following betting options are available:

Score points first: team 1 – team 1 will score points the first.
Score points first: team 2 – team 2 will score points the first.

Score points last

Score points last: it is offered to predict which team will score the last in the match. The following betting options are available:

Score points last: team 1 – team 1 will score points the last.
Score points last: team 2 – team 2 will score points the last.

Rebounds

Rebounds: it is offered to make bets on the number of rebounds in the match. (A rebound in basketball is the situation when the player retrieves the ball a missed field goal or free throw.). The following betting options are available:

Rebounds: over – the number of rebounds will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Rebounds: under – the number of rebounds will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Rebounds: H1 – team 1 must be the winner in the number of rebounds after the handicap adjustments are made.
Rebounds: H2 – team 2 must be the winner in the number of rebounds after the handicap adjustments are made.

Assists

Assists: it is offered to make bets on the number of assists in the match. (An assist in basketball is the situation when a player passes the ball to a teammate and the teammate in his/her turn manages to score). The following betting options are available:

Assists: over – the number of assists will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Assists: under – the number of assists will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Assists: H1– team 1 must be the winner in the number of assists after the handicap adjustments are made.
Assists: H2 – team 2 must be the winner in the number of assists after the handicap adjustments are made.

Fouls

Fouls: it is offered to make bets on the number of fouls in the match. (A foul in basketball is a serious violation of the rules). The following betting options are available:

Fouls: over – the number of fouls will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Fouls: under – the number of fouls will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Fouls: H1– team 1 must be the winner in the number of fouls after the handicap adjustments are made.
Fouls: H2 – team 2 must be the winner in the number of fouls after the handicap adjustments are made.

Turnovers

Turnovers: it is offered to make bets on the number of turnovers in the match. (A turnover in basketball is the situation when a team loses possession of the ball to the opposing team before the player takes a shot into the opposing team’s basket. The following betting options are available:

Turnovers: over – the number of turnovers will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Turnovers: under – the number of turnovers will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Turnovers: H1– team 1 must be the winner in the number of turnovers after the handicap adjustments are made.
Turnovers: H2 – team 2 must be the winner in the number of turnovers after the handicap adjustments are made.

Block shots

Block shots: it is offered to make bets on the number of block shots in the match. (Block shot in basketball is the situation when a defensive player deflects a goal attempt from an opposing player to prevent a score). The following betting options are available:

Block Shots: over – the number of block shots will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Block Shots: under – the number of block shots will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Block Shots: H1– team 1 must be the winner in the number of block shots after the handicap adjustments are made.
Block Shots: H2 – team 2 must be the winner in the number of block shots after the handicap adjustments are made.

Steals

Steals: it is offered to place bets on the number of steals in the match. (A steal in basketball is a turnover that happens when a defensive player picks the ball from the dribbler.). The following betting options are available:

Steals: over – the number of steals will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Steals: under – the number of steals will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Steals: H1– team 1 must be the winner in the number of steals after the handicap adjustments are made.
Steals: H2 – team 2 must be the winner in the number of steals after the handicap adjustments are made.

Points in the paint

Points in the paint: it is offered to place bets on the number of points in the paint in match. (In basketball, points in the paint are those, which are scored from the free-throw line). The following betting options are available:

Points in the Paint: over – the number of points in the paint will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Points in the Paints: under – the number of points in the paint will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Points in the Paints: H1– team 1 must be the winner in the number of points in the paint after the handicap adjustments are made.
Points in the Paints: H2 – team 2 must be the winner in the number of points in the paint after the handicap adjustments are made.

Second chance points

Second chance points: it is offered to make bets on the number of second change points.( second chance points in basketball are any points, which a team scores after they have attempted at least one shot during the same possession and missed.). The following betting options are available:

Second Chance Points: over – the number of second chance points will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Second Chance Points: under – the number of second chance points will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Second Chance Points: H1– team 1 must be the winner in the number of second chance points after the handicap adjustments are made.
Second Chance Points: H2 – team 2 must be the winner in the number of second chance points after the handicap adjustments are made.

Fast break points

Fast break points: it is offered to make bets on the points, which were scored by a fast break. (A fast break in basketball is the situation in which the team tries to move the ball into scoring position by passing or by dribbling as quickly as possible.) The following betting options are available:

Fast Break Points: over – the number of fast break points will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Fast Break Points: under – the number of fast break will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Fast Break Points: H1– team 1 must be the winner in the number of fast break points after the handicap adjustments are made.
Fast Break Points: H2 – team 2 must be the winner in the number of fast break points after the handicap adjustments are made.

First quarter/match

First quarter/match: it is offered to predict the outcomes of the first quarter and the match simultaneously. For the bet to be won both outcomes must be predicted correctly. The following betting options are available:

Win1/Win1: team 1 must win in both first quarter and in the match.
Win1/Draw: team 1 must win in the first quarter, and the match must end in a draw.
Win1/Win2: team 1 must win in the first quarter, and team 2 must win in the full match.
Draw/Win1: the 1-st quarter must end in a draw, and team 1 must win in the match.
Draw/Draw: both the 1-st quarter and the match must end in a draw.
Draw/Win2: the 1-st quarter must end in a draw and team 2 must win in the match.
Win2/Win1: team 2 must win in the 1-st quarter and team 1 must win in the match.
Win2/Draw: team 2 must win in the 1-st quarter and the match must end in a draw.
Win2/Win2: team 2 must win in both the 1-st quarter and in the match.

First scoring points

First scoring points: it is offered to predict by which throw the first points will be scored. The following betting options are available:

First scoring points: 2-point throw – the first points will be scored by 2-point throw.
First scoring points: 3-point throw – the first points will be scored by 3-point throw.
First scoring points: free throw – the first points will be scored by a free throw.

Last scoring points

Last scoring points: it is offered to predict by which throw the last points will be scored. The following betting options are available:

Last scoring points: 2-point throw – the last points will be scored by 2-point throw.
Last scoring points: 3-point throw – the last points will be scored by 3-point throw.
Last scoring points: free throw – the last points will be scored by a free throw.

1-st foul

1-st foul: it is offered to predict which tem will perform the 1-st foul. The following betting options are available:

1-st foul: team 1 – the first foul will be performed by team 1.
1-st foul: team 2 – the first foul will be performed by team 2.

Last foul

Last foul: it is offered to predict which team will perform the last foul. The following betting options are available:

Last foul: team 1 – the last foul will be performed by team 1.
Last foul: team 2 – the last foul will be performed by team 2.

1-st rebound

1-st rebound: it is offered to predict which team will perform the first rebound. (A rebound in basketball is the situation when the player retrieves the ball a missed field goal or free throw.). The following betting options are available:

1-st rebound: team 1 – the first rebound will be performed by team 1.
1-st rebound: team 2 – the first rebound will be performed by team 2.

Last rebound

Last rebound: it is offered to predict which team will perform the last rebound. The following betting options are available:

Last rebound: team 1 – the last rebound will be performed by team 1.
Last rebound: team 2 – the last rebound will be performed by team 2.

1-st three-point shot

1-st three-point shot: it is offered to predict which team will perform the 1-st three-point shot. (3 points are awarded if a player successfully shoots the ball through the hoop from behind the three-point line) The following betting options are available:

1-st three-point shot: team 1 – the first three-point shot will be performed by team 1.
1-st three-point shot: team 2 – the first three-point shot will be performed by team 2.

Last three-point shot

Last three-point shot: it is offered to predict which team will perform the last three-point shot. The following betting options are available:

Last three-point shot: team 1 – the last three-point shot will be performed by team 1.
Last three-point shot: team 2 – the last three-point shot will be performed by team 2.

3-Points: Total Over/Under

3-Points: Total Over/Under: it is offered to predict if the total number of the 3-point shots will be over/under the selected value of the argument. The bet can be offered for the total number of the shots made by both teams or Team 1/Team 2.

1-st two-point shot

1-st two-point shot: it is offered to predict which team will perform the first two-point shot. (2 points are awarded if the player successfully shoots the ball through the hoop from anywhere inside the three-point line. The shot can be performed by shooting a jump shot, laying the ball into the rim, or slamming the ball through the hoop.). The following betting options are available:

1-st two-point shot: team 1 – the first two -point shot will be performed by team 1.
1-st two -point shot: team 2 – the first two -point shot will be performed by team 2.

Last two-point shot

Last two-point shot: it is offered to predict which team will perform the last two-point shot. The following betting options are available:

Last two -point shot: team 1 – the last two -point shot will be performed by team 1.
Last two -point shot: team 2 – the last two -point shot will be performed by team 2.

1-st free throw

1-st free throw: it is offered to predict which team will perform the first free throw. (A free throw or as it also called a foul shot, it is an unopposed attempts to score points by shooting from behind the free throw line. Free throws are generally awarded after a foul on the shooter by the opposing team. One point is awarded after each scored free throw). The following betting options are available:

1-st free throw: team 1 – the first free throw will be performed by team 1.
1-st free throw: team 2 – the first free throw will be performed by team 2.

Last free throw

Last free throw: it is offered to predict which team will perform the last free throw. The following betting options are available:

Last free throw: team 1 – the last free throw will be performed by team 1.
Last free throw: team 2 – the last free throw will be performed by team 2.

Implementation of two-point shots (%)

Implementation of two-point shots (%): it is offered to predict if the percentage of two-point shots performed by the team, on which the bet is made, will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Implementation of two-point shots (%): over – the percentage of two-point shots performed by the team, on which the bet is made, will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Implementation of two-point shots (%): under – the percentage of two-point shots performed by the team, on which the bet is made, will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Implementation of three-point shots (%)

Implementation of three-point shots (%): it is offered to predict if the percentage of three-point shots performed by the team, on which the bet is made, will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Implementation of three -point shots (%): over – the percentage of three-point shots performed by the team, on which the bet is made, will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Implementation of three -point shots (%): under – the percentage of three -point shots performed by the team, on which the bet is made, will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Implementation of free throws (%)

Implementation of free throws (%): it is offered to predict if the percentage of free throws performed by the team, on which the bet is made, will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Implementation of free throws (%): over – the percentage of free throws performed by the team, on which the bet is made, will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Implementation of free throws (%): under – the percentage of free throws performed by the team, on which the bet is made, will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Race to points

Race to points: it is offered to place bets on the team, which will score a selected number of points the first.

The example:

The bet 1-st Quarter: Race to 10: team 1. The bet implies that in the first quarter team 1 will score 10 points the first.

Lead changes during the match

Lead changes during the match: it is offered to predict if the number of lead changes will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Lead changes during the match: over – the number of lead changes will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Lead changes during the match: under – the number of lead changes will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Point Betting

Point Betting: it is offered to make a bet on the particular point of the match to be scored by the selected team.

The example:

The bet Team 1 (47): for the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 47-th point of the match. Let’s say if the score from 20:25 turns to 22:25, it means that the 47-th point of the game was scored by team 1.

Bets on tennis

Declared in advance format of tennis match can be changed before match starts (e.g. in a single match super tie-break is played instead of the decisive 3-rd set or 3 sets are played instead of 5). In such cases, bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes of match are subject to calculation according to final result, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

If in the started tennis match one of the tennis players (one of the pairs) is disqualified for some reason, refuses to play or is unable to continue the match, the match ends untimely, the bets made on the outcomes of that match are calculated in the following way:

The bets (including bets made on statistical data), the outcomes of which are definitely determined at the moment of interruption based on the match format, are considered completed and are subject to calculation. The bets on the other outcomes are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

For example, a tennis player (a tennis pair) refuses to continue the match when the score is 4:4 (15:0). In this case, the bets made on the following outcomes of the first set are calculated with the odds 1 (one): “Win1” and “Win2”, “Total over (under) 10.5”, “Total over (under) 12.5”, “Handicap 1(+1.5)”, “Handicap 2(-1.5)”, “Handicap 1(-1.5)”, “Handicap 2(+1.5)”, as well as the bets made on the following outcomes of match: “Win 1” and Win2”, “Total over(under) 21.5”, “Handicap 1(+3.5)”, “Handicap 2(-3.5)”, “Handicap 1(-3.5)”, “Handicap 2(+3.5)”. Bets on the outcomes “total to be even (odd) number” made on the first set and the match are also calculated with the odds 1 (one). The bets made on the following outcomes of the first set are subject to calculation: “Total over(under) 6.5”, “Total over(under) 7.5”, “Total over(under) 8.5”, “Handicap 1 (+2.5)”, “Handicap 2 (-2.5)”, “Handicap 1 (-2.5)”, Handicap 2 (+2.5), as well as the bets made on the outcomes of the games starting from the 1-st to 8-th. The bets made on the outcome “Win1” and “Win2” of the 9-th game are calculated with the odds “1” (one), and the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” of the first point of the 9-th game are subject to calculation.

If the decisive set is played as “super tie-break”, the bets made on “Total” and “Handicap” of that set are calculated in points, and the set “super tie-break” is calculated as one game during the calculation of the bets made on “Total” and “Handicap” of match. Thus, the set is considered to be finished with the score 1:0 or 0:1.

For example, the match was finished with the score 6:3, 4:6, and 5:10. Super tie-break was played as the decisive third set. In this case, while calculating the bets, the final score of the match is considered to be 6:3, 4:6, and 0:1, that is, the number of games is 20.

Tie-break played at the end of set is also calculated as one game (for example, the tie-break, which is played when the set’s score is 6:6, is considered to be the 13-th game of that set and the set ends with either 6:7 or 7:6 score).

If one of the sides refuses to participate in the match before its start, the bets made on the match outcomes are calculated with odds “1” (one). If during tennis pair (doubles) match, in which the participants’ names are specified by team (country) name (for example, Spain-Switzerland), the change of tennis player (team) is performed (in advance announced tennis player or tennis team for which the bets were offered), the bets on all outcomes of the match remain valid.

The bets offered on the outcomes of tennis matches:

The first player (pair) will win in the match (set or game) – “Win 1”.
The second tennis player (pair) will win in match (set or game) – “Win 2”.
The first tennis player (pair) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account –“Handicap 1”.
The second tennis player (pair) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap2”.
Bets on total number of games in match (set) “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of games in match (set) to be even or odd.
Bets on results of the first set and the full match:

It is offered to predict the winner of both the first set and the full match simultaneously. The following 4 betting options are available:

“Win1 Win1” – victory of the first tennis player (pair) in both the first set and the full match.

“Win1 Win2” – victory of the first tennis player (pair) in the first set and victory of the second tennis player (pair) in the full match.

“Win2 Win1” – victory of the second tennis player (pair) in the first set and victory of the first tennis player (pair) in the full match.

“Win2 Win2” – victory of the second tennis player (pair) in both the first set and the full match.

Bets on the final score of match (set):
It is offered to select the precise score registered in the end of the match (set) from the options available in the program (line).
Bets on tie-break to happen (not to happen).
Bets: Who will score the next point․
Bets: the tennis player (pair) will reach a certain round (quarterfinal, semifinal, final, etc.) or will take a certain place (3rd place, 4th place, etc.).

If the tennis player’s advance to the next round is canceled for any reason in the future, then this circumstance is not taken into account and the bets are not recalculated.
Bets made on advancing to the next round remain valid if the previously announced sequence of matches changes.
In tennis tournaments, if the tennis player (pair) declared for the match does not start his performance for any reason (injury, refusal, disqualification, etc.), then the bets made on the tennis player’s (pair’s) advancing to the next round, as well as those made on the statistical data of the latter within the tournament are calculated with the odds “1” (one) and if the tennis player (pair) starts his performance, but later for some reason (injury, refusal, disqualification, etc.) withdraws from the tournament, then the bets made on the tennis player’s (pair’s) advancing to the next round are considered lost since the tennis player (pair) has not reached the predefined outcome and has not advanced to the next round. In this case, the bets made on the statistical data of the tennis player (pair) concerning the tournament, remain valid and are subject to calculation. Bets made on the tennis player’s (pair’s) advancing to the next round, as well as the tennis player’s (pair’s) statistical data in the tournament, are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one), if they are made after the tennis player (pair) actually withdraws from the tournament.

Bets on the total number of tie-breaks in the match – “Total Over (under)” the total number”.
When calculating the bets made on the above-mentioned outcome, only the tie-breaks are taken into account which have been played at the end of the sets when the score has been 6:6 (up to 7 points). In some tournaments, based on the rules of the match, the tie-break played in the decisive set (up to 10 points) is also taken into account when calculating the bets made on the total number of tie-breaks. Regardless of the format of the tournament, a super tie-break (tie-break up to 10 points) played instead of a decisive set is not taken into account when calculating bets made on the total number of tie-breaks.

The information provided by the official websites of tournaments and championships, which are included in the table, is taken as basis during calculation of bets on tennis matches.

In case of wrong indication of court coverage or place of tournament and incorrespondence in tournament’s name made by the provider in the program (line), the bets made on the outcomes of the given tournament remain valid.

Penalty point (points) awarded by referee to a tennis player (team) are taken into account during calculation of the bets.

For example, during the score (6:4), (3:2), (0:40) the referee awarded 1 penalty point to the second player and the score became (6:4), (3:3). In this case, the second player is considered to win the 6-th game of the second set.

If a penalty point is given to any of the players (pairs), it is considered that the tennis player (pair) who is given a penalty point receives the minimum number of game points required to win the current game. E.g. if the score of the current tournament is 1:0 (6:1), (3:1), the current points of the game are (40:15), and the referee gives a penalty points to the second tennis player, then the score of the second set becomes 3:2, the number of points of the game becomes 8 (eight), and the score of the game is 40:Win2, since the first tennis player already has 3 (three) points (15, 30, 40), and the second tennis player needs minimum 4 (four) points (30, 40, advantage, win point) to win the current game. In case penalty points are given to the player (pair), the above-mentioned principle is taken into consideration when calculating bets on game points.

The bets made on the outcomes of tennis matches, which were postponed or interrupted, remain valid until the end of the tournament, which they belong to.

If one of the sides refuses to participate in the match before its start, or is unable to participate, retires or is disqualified, the bets made on the match outcomes are calculated with odds “1” (one).If during tennis team (doubles) match, in which the participants’ names are specified by team (country) name (for example, Spain-Switzerland), the change of tennis player (team) is performed (in advance announced tennis player or tennis team for which the bets were offered), the bets on all outcomes of the match remain valid.

The bets made on the outcomes of tennis matches, which were postponed or interrupted, remain valid until the end of the tournament, which they belong to.

Result

Result: it is offered to predict which player will be the match winner. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: victory of player 1
Win 2: victory of player 2

The bets (including bets placed on statistical data) which are definitely considered to have taken place at the moment of the termination of the match based on the actual registered result (according to the format of the match), are subject to calculation. The rest of the bets, including “Win 1 and “Win 2” are refunded (calculated with the odds “1”).

Total

Total: it is offered to make bets on the total number of played games. The following betting options are available:

Total Over: the total number of games will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.

The example:
The bet 1-st set total: over (8.5). In this bet “8.5” is the bet argument. Let us suppose that the 1-st set ended with the score 6-4. Thus, we have 10 in total. The bet will be calculated as won, because 10>8.5.

Total Under: the total number of games will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

The example:
The bet 1-st total under (8.5). In this bet, “8.5” is the bet argument. Let us suppose that the 1-st set ended with the score 2-6. Thus, we have 8 in total. The bet will be calculated as won, because 8<8.5.

Games Handicap

Games Handicap: it is the advantage or disadvantage of games, which is attributed to player’s score of the games. The player, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner after the handicap adjustments are performed.

Positive Handicap: this handicap type implies that the player, on which the bet is made, must become the winner after the advantage of games, the number of which is defined by the selected handicap argument, is added to the player’s score.

The example:
The bet Handicap 2 (3.5). The bet is placed on player 2 , and “3.5” is the handicap argument. For this bet to be calculated as won, player 2 must be the winner after we add the advantage of 3.5 games to his/her score. Let us review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The score of games in the match was 14-12 (1-st set: 7-6, 2-nd set: 7-6). When we add the advantage of 3.5 games to the score of player 2, the score becomes 14-15.5. In this case, the bet is won, as after the adjustment the handicap advantage, player 2 is the winner.
The score of games in the match was 13-9 (1-st set: 6-3; second set: 7-6). When we add the advantage of 3.5 games to the score of player 2, the score becomes 13-12.5. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, player 2 is not the winner.

*Note: in if the handicap argument is a whole number and after the adjustment of handicap advantage the score becomes a draw, the bet is refunded (calculated with the odds 1).

Negative Handicap: this handicap type implies that the player, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner after the number of games, defined by the selected handicap argument, is subtracted from the player’s score.

The example:
The bet Handicap 1(-3.5). The bet is placed on player 1, “-3.5” is the handicap argument. For the bet to be won, player 1 must become the winner after we subtract 3.5 from his/her score. Let us review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The score of games in the match was 12-6 (1-st set: 6-2; 2-d set 6-4). When we subtract 3.5 from the final score of player 1, the score becomes 8.5-6. In this case, the bet is won, as after the handicap adjustments, player 1 is the winner.
The score of games in the match was 14-12 (1-st set: 7-6, 2-d set 7-6). When we subtract 3.5 from the final score of player 1, the score becomes 10.5-12. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the handicap adjustments, player 1 is not the winner of the match.

*Note, in if the handicap argument is a whole number and after the adjustment of handicap advantage the score becomes a draw, the bet is refunded (calculated with the odds “1”).

Sets Handicap

Sets Handicap: it is the advantage or disadvantage of sets, which is attributed to player’s score of the sets. The player, on which the bet is placed, must be the winner after the handicap adjustments are performed.

Positive Handicap: in this handicap type, the player, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner after the advantage of sets, the number of which is defined by the selected handicap argument, is added to the player’s score.

The example:
The bet Handicap 2 (1.5). The bet is placed on player 2, “1.5” is the handicap argument here. For this bet to be won, player 2 must be the winner after we add the advantage of 1.5 sets to his/her score. Let us review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The score of sets the match is 2-1. When we add the advantage of 1.5 to the score of player 2, the score becomes 2-2.5. In this case, the bet will be calculated as won, as after the adjustment the handicap advantage, player 2 is the winner.
The score of sets in the match is 2-0. When we add the advantage of 2 to the final score of player 2, the score becomes 2-1.5. In this case, the bet will be calculated as lost, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, player 2 is not the winner.

Negative Handicap: in this handicap type, the player, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner after the number of sets, defined by the selected handicap argument, is subtracted from the player’s final score.

The example:
The bet Handicap 1 (-1.5). The bet is placed on player 1, “-1.5” is the handicap argument. For the bet to be won, player 1 must be the winner after we subtract 1.5 from his/her score. Let us review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The score of sets in match is 2-0. When we subtract 1.5 from the score of team 1, the score becomes 0.5-0. In this case, the bet will be calculated as won, because after the handicap adjustments, player 1 is the winner.
The score of sets in match is 2-1. When we subtract 1.5 from the score of player1, the score becomes 0.5-1. In this case, the bet will be calculated as lost, because after the handicap adjustments, player 1 is not the winner.

Correct Score

Correct Score: It is offered to predict the exact score (the exact score of the sets) of the match.

The example:
The bet Correct Score: 2-0. For the bet to be calculated as won, the match must end with the score 2-0.

Total sets over/under

Total sets over/under: it is offered to make bets on the total number of sets played during the match. The following bet options are available:

Total sets over (2.5): for the bet to be won, the number of sets played in the match must be higher than 2.5.
Total sets under (2.5): For the bet to be won, the number of sets played in the match must be lower than 2.5.

The example:
The bet Total sets over (2.5). Suppose that the score of the match is 1:2. In this case, the bet will be calculated as won, as in total we have 3 sets played (3>2.5).

Set/match

Set/match: it is offered to predict the winner of the 1-st set and the match simultaneously. For the bet to be won, both outcomes must be predicted correctly.

The example:
The bet Set/match: 1/2. For the bet to be won, the 1-st set of the match must be won by player 1, but the match must be won by player 2.

Set score

Set score: it is offered to predict the exact score of the set.

The example:
The bet 1-st set score 1-6. For the bet to be calculated as won, the score of the 1-st set must be 1-6.

Tie-Break in Match

Tie-Break in Match: it is offered to predict if tie-break will be played in the match.Tie-break is played if the game score is 6-6. It is played until 7 points are won but with the advantage of 2 points, (e.g. 7-5). If the score in tie-break reaches 6-6, it continues until one of the players receives the advantage of 2 points (e.g. 8-10, 12:10). If a player wins in tie-break, he/she wins the set with the score 7-6.The following betting options are available:

Tie-break in match: yes – at least one tie-break will be played during the match.
Tie-break in match: no – there will be no tie-break in the match.

1-st set: winner

1-st set: winner it is offered to predict the winner of the 1-st set. The following betting options are available:

Win1: player 1 will win in the 1-st set.
Win2: player 2 will win in the 1-st set.

Total highest scoring set

Total highest scoring set: it is offered to make bets on the total number of games scored in the highest scoring set (the set, in which the highest number of games was played).The following betting options are available:

Total highest scoring set: over – the total number of games in the highest scoring set will be higher than selected value of bet argument.
Total highest scoring set: under – the total number of games in the highest scoring set will be lower than selected value of bet argument.

The example:
The bet Total highest scoring set: over (8.5). The score of the 1-st set is 6:3, and the 2-nd set- 6:2. In this case the highest scoring set is the 1-st, the total of which is 9 (6+3). The bet will be calculated as won, because 9 > 8.5.

Total lowest scoring set

Total lowest scoring set: it is offered to make bets on total number of games scored in the lowest scoring set (the set, in which the lowest number of games was played). The following betting options are available:

Total lowest scoring set: over -the total number of games in the lowest scoring set will be higher than selected value of bet argument.
Total lowest scoring set: under – the total number of games in the lowest scoring set will be lower than selected value of bet argument.

The example:
The bet Total lowest highest scoring set: under (10.5). The score of the first set is 2:6, and the second set- 4:6. In this case, the lowest scoring half is the first one, the total of which is 8 (2+6). Thus, the bet will be calculated as won as 8 <10.5.

Total points (in the game)

Total points (in the game): it is offered to make bets on total number of points scored in the game (15 =1 point, 30 =2 points, 40 =3 points, win in the game = 4 points). The following betting options are available:

Total
Points: over – the total number of points scored in the game will be
higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total
points: under – the total number of points scored in the game will be
lower than the selected value of bet argument.

The example:
The bet 2-d Set 8-th Game Total Points: over (5.5). The game ended with the score 15: Win 2 ( that is 1+ 4), then the game will be calculated as lost, because 5<5.5.

Total points (in the game) Even/odd

Total points (in the game) Even/odd: it is offered to predict if the total number of points scored in a particular game will be an even or an odd number (15 =1 point, 30 =2 points, 40 =3 points, win in the game = 4 points) . The following betting options are available:

Total
points: even -the total
number of points scored in the game will be an even number.
Total
points: odd – the total number of points scored in the game will be an
odd number.

The example:
The bet 1-st set 7-th game Total Points: odd.The game ended with the score 15:Win 2 ( that is 1+ 4), then the game will be calculated as won, because 5 is an odd number

Total points (in the game) 3 way

Total points (in the game) 3 way: it is offered to predict if the total number of points in the game will be over, under or equal to the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Total
points (in the game) 3 way: over – the total number of points in the game will
be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total
points (in the game) 3 way: under – the total number of points in the game will
be lower than the selected value of bet argument.
Total
points (in the game) 3 way: equal – the total number of points in the game will
be equal to the selected value of bet argument.

The example:
The bet 1-st set 4-th game total points 3 way: equal (5).The game ended with the score 15:Win 2 ( that is 1+ 4), then the bet will be calculated as won, because the total number of points is 5.

Game score

Game score: it is offered to make bets on the score of a particular game in the match.

The example: The bet 1-st set 1-st Game: Score Win 1:30. The bet implies that the 1-st game of the 1-st set will be won by player 1, and player 2 will manage to score only 30 points.

Total tie breaks

Total tie breaks: it is offered to make bets on the total number of tie breaks. Tie-break is played if the game score is 6-6. It is played until 7 points are won but with the advantage of 2 points, (e.g. 7-5). If the score in tie-break reaches 6-6, it continues until one of the players receives the advantage of 2 points (e.g. 8-10, 12-10). If a player wins in tie-break, he/she wins the set with the score 7-6. The following betting options are available:

Total tie breaks: over- the total number of tie breaks will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total tie breaks: under – the total number of tie breaks will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

1-st set: number of breaks

1-st set: number of breaks: it is offered to make bets on the total number of breaks in the 1-st set. (A break “break of the serve” in tennis is the situation when the player, who performs the serve in the game, loses in it). The following betting options are available:

1-st set: number of breaks: over – the total number of breaks in the 1-st set will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
1-st set: number of breaks: under – the total number of breaks in the 1-st set will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Total of breaks in the match

Total of breaks in the match: it is offered to make bets on the total number of breaks in the match. (A break “break of the serve” in tennis is the situation when the player, who performs the serve in the game, loses in it). The following betting options are available:

Total of breaks in the match: over – the total number of breaks in the match will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total of breaks in the match: under – the total number of breaks in the match will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

1-st set 1-st break

1-st set 1-st break. It is offered to predict which player will perform the 1-st break in the 1-st set. A break “break of the serve” in tennis is the situation when the player, who performs the serve in the game, loses in it. The following betting options are available:

1-st set 1-st break: player 1 – the 1-st break in the 1-st set will be performed by player 1.
1-st set 1-st break: player 2 – the 1-st break in the 1-st set will be performed by player 2.
1-st set 1-st break: no break – no breaks will be performed in the 1-st set.

Set winner

Set winner: it is offered to make bets on the winner of a particular set.

The example:
The bet 1-st set winner: Win 1. The bet implies that player 1 will win in the 1-st set.

Set total odd/even

Set total odd/even: it is offered to predict if the total number of games played in the selected set will be an even or an odd number. The following betting options are available:

Set total: even – the total number of games played in the selected set will be an even number.
Set total: odd – the total number of games played in the selected set will be an odd number.

The example:
The bet 1-st set total even/odd: even. The bet implies that the total number of games scored in the 1-st set will be an even number. Let us suppose that the score of the 1-st set is 2:6. Thus, in total we receive 8.The bet will be settled as won, because 8 is an even number.

Tie Break total

Tie Break total : it is offered to make bets on the total number of points scored in the tie-break. Tie-break is played if the game score is 6-6. It is played until 7 points are won but with the advantage of 2 points, (e.g. 7-5). If the score in tie-break reaches 6-6, it continues until one of the players receives the advantage of 2 points (e.g. 8-10, 12-10). If a player wins in tie-break, he/she wins the set with the score 7-6. The following betting options are available:

Tie Break
total: over – the total
number of points scored in the tie break will be higher than the selected value
of bet argument.

The example:
The bet 1-st set: tie break total: over (11.5). Let us suppose that the score of the tie break in the 1-st set is 7-5. Thus, we have 12 in total. The bet will be calculated as won, because 12>11.5.

Tie Break:
under – the total number of
points scored in the tie break will be lower than the selected value of bet
argument.

The example:
The bet 1-st set tie break total: under (11.5). Let us suppose that the score of the tie break in the 1-st set is 7:1. Thus, we have 8 in total, and the bet will be calculated as won, because 8<11.5

Tie Break handicap

Tie Break handicap – it is offered to make bets on the winner of tie break with the handicap. Tie-break is played if the game score is 6-6. It is played until 7 points are won but with the advantage of 2 points, (e.g. 7-5). If the score in tie-break reaches 6-6, it continues until one of the players receives the advantage of 2 points (e.g. 8-10, 12-10). If a player wins in tie-break, he/she wins the set with the score 7-6. The following betting options are available:

Tie Break handicap: H1– player 1 will be the tie break winner after the handicap adjustments are performed.
Tie Break handicap: H2– playe r2 will be the tie-break winner after the handicap adjustments are performed.

The example:
The bet 2-nd set tie-break handicap: H2 (3). The bet implies that player 2 will be the winner of the tie-break after 3 points will be added to the player’s score. Let us suppose that the score in the tie-break is 7-5. Thus, the score with handicap becomes 7-8. In this case, the bet will be calculated as won because player 2 is the winner of the tie-break after the adjustment of handicap advantage is performed.

Tie Break score

Tie Break score: it is offered to predict the precise score of the tie break. Tie-break is played if the game score is 6-6. It is played until 7 points are won but with the advantage of 2 points, (e.g. 7-5). If the score in tie-break reaches 6-6, it continues until one of the players receives the advantage of 2 points (e.g. 8-10, 12-10). If a player wins in tie-break, he/she wins the set with the score 7-6.

The example:
The bet 1-st set: Tie Break score: 7-2. The bet implies that the score of the tie-break in the 1-st set will be 7-2.

Game Winner

Game Winner: it is offered to predict the winner of a particular game.

The example:
The bet 1-st Set: 5-th game Winner: Win 1. The bet implies that player 1 will win the 5-th game of the 1-st set.

Point Winner

Point Winner: it is offered to predict the winner of a particular point.

The example:
The bet 1-st set 1-st game 2-d Point Winner: Win 1. The bet implies that player 1 will win the 2-d point of the 1-st game in the 1-st set.

Exact number of games

Exact number of games: it is offered to make bets on the exact number of the games played in the selected set.

The example:
The bet 1-st set Exact number of games: 10. For the bet to be calculated as won, the exact number of games of the 1-st set must be 10.

Game to Deuce

Game to Deuce: it is offered to predict if the deuce will happen during the game (Deuce in tennis is reached when both players have 40 points “40-all”. To win the game from this point a player must win two consecutive points or the score will keep returning to deuce). The following betting options are available:

Game to Deuce: Yes – the deuce will happen during the game.
Game to Deuce: No – the deuce will not happen during the game.

The example:
The bet 2-d Set: 7-th Game to Deuce: Yes. The bet implies that the deuce will happen in the 7-th game of the 2-d set.

Game win to deuce

Game win to deuce: it is offered to make bets on the player’s victory in the deuce of the game. (Deuce in tennis is reached when both players have 40 points “40-all”. To win the game from this point a player must win two consecutive points or the score will keep returning to deuce).

The example:
The bet 1-st: 2-d game Win to Deuce: Win 1. The bet implies that player 1 will win in the deuce of the 2-d game of the 1-st set.

Number of deuce games

Number of deuce games: it is offered to predict the number of deuce games in the selected games. (Deuce in tennis is reached when both players have 40 points “40-all”. To win the game from this point a player must win two consecutive points or the score will keep returning to deuce).

The example:
The bet 1-st and 2-d Games: Number of Deuce Games: 3. The bet implies that in total in the 1-st and the 2-d games 3 deuce games will be played.

Win at least two sets

Win at least two sets: it is offered to make bets on the player’s victory in at least 2 sets. The following betting options are offered:

Win at least two sets: yes – the player, on which the bet is made, will win in at least two sets.
Win at least two sets: no – the player, on which the bet is made, will not win in two sets.

The example:
The bet win 1 at least two sets: Yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, player 1 must become the winner of at least 2 sets.

The 1-st serve

The 1-st serve: it is offered to predict which player will perform the 1-st serve in the match. The following betting options are offered:

The 1-st serve: player 1– player 1 will perform the 1-st serve.
The 1-st serve: player 2– player 2 will perform the 1-st serve.

Total of aces in the match

Total of aces in the match: it is offered to place bets on the total number of performed aces (Ace is a legal serve, which wins the point while the receiver has not touched the ball). The following betting options are available:

Total of aces in the match: over – the total number of aces performed in the match will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total of aces in the match: under – the total number of aces performed in the match will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

The 1-st ace

The 1-st ace: it is offered to predict which of the players will perform the 1-st ace in the match. An ace is a legal serve, which wins the point while the receiver has not touched the ball).The following betting options are available:

The 1-st ace: player 1 – the 1-st ace in match will be performed by player 1.
The 1-st ace: player 2 – the 1-st ace in match will be performed by player 2.
The 1-st ace: no one – no aces will be performed in the match.

Total of double faults in match

Total of double faults in match: it is offered to place bets on the total number of double faults performed. Double fault is the situation, when the player make a mistake in both serves and loses the point.The following betting options are available:

Total of double faults in match: over – the total number of performed double faults will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Total of double faults in match: under – the total number of performed double faults will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Total of double faults in match

The 1-st double fault: it is offered to predict which player will perform the first double fault in the match. Double fault is the situation when the player make a mistake in both serves and loses the point.The following betting options are available:

The 1-st double fault: player 1 – the 1-st double fault will be performed by player 1.
The 1-st double fault: player 2 – the 1-st double fault will be performed by player 2.
The 1-st double fault: no one – no double fault will be performed in the match.

Highest scoring sets

Highest scoring sets: it is offered to predict in which of the sets the highest total number of games will be scored. The following betting options are available:

1-st < 2-nd: the highest total number of games will be
played in the 2-nd set.
1-st = 2-nd: the equal number of games will be played in the
1-st and the second sets.
1-st > 2-nd: the highest number of games will be played in
the 1-st set.

The example:
The score of the 1-st set is 6:1, the 2-nd set- 6:4. Thus, the 2-nd set is the highest scoring. In the case the bet 1-st < 2-nd would be calculated as won, and the bets for 1-st = 2-nd and 1-st > 2-nd will be calculated as lost.

Medical time out

Medical time out: it is offered to make bets on whether the medical time out will be performed during the match (Tennis players are allowed to request medical timeouts in case of injuries). The following betting options are available:

Medical time out: Yes – the medical time out will be performed during the match.
Medical time out: No – the medical time out will not be performed during the match.

How long does the 1-st set last (minute)

How long does the 1-st set last (minute): it is offered to make bets on the duration (in minutes) of the 1-st set. The following betting options are available:

How long does the 1-st set lasts (minute): over – the number of minutes of the 1-st set will be higher than the selected number of bet argument.
How long does the 1-st set last (minute): under – the number of minutes of the 1-st set will be lower than the selected number of bet argument.

How long does the match lasts (minute)

How long does the match lasts (minute): it is offered to make bets on the duration (in minutes) of the match (in minutes).The following betting options are available:

How long does the match last (minute): over – the number the match minutes will be higher than the selected number of bet argument.
How long does the match last (minute): under – the number of the match minutes will be lower than the selected number of bet argument.

Match will be won by an ace

Match will be won by an ace: it is offered to make bet on whether the match will be won by an ace (Ace is a legal serve, which wins the point while the receiver has not touched the ball). The following betting options are available:

Match will be won by an ace: yes – the match will be won by an ace.
Match will be won by an ace: no – the match will not be won by an ace.

Fastest serve speed km/h

Fastest serve speed km/h: it is offered to place bets on the speed of the player’s fastest serve. The following betting options are available:

Fastest serve speed km/h: over – the speed of the selected player’s fastest serve will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Fastest serve speed km/h: under – the speed of the selected player’s fastest serve will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Average speed of the 1-st serve km/h

Average speed of the 1-st serve km/h: it is offered to make bets on the average speed of the player’s 1-st serve. The following betting options are available:

Average speed of the 1-st serve km/h: over – average speed of the player’s 1-st serve will be higher than the selected value of bet argument.
Average speed of the 1-st serve km/h: under – average speed of the player’s 1-st serve will be lower than the selected value of bet argument.

Tournament winner

Tournament winner: it is offered to make bets on the winner of the tournament.

The example:
The bet Qatar ExxonMobile Open winner: R. Federer. For the bet to be calculated as won R. Federer must win the tournament.

Game score 15-15

Game score 15-15: it is offered to predict if during the game the score reaches 15-15. The following betting options are available:

Game score 15-15: yes – during the game the score will reach 15-15.
Game score 15-15: no – the game score will not reach 15-15.

The example:
The bet 1-st set 2-d game score 15-15: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, the score during the 2-d game of the 1-st set must reach 15-15.

Game score 30-30

Game score 30-30: it is offered to predict if during the game the score reaches 30-30. The following betting options are available:

Game score 30-30: yes – during the game the score will reach 30-30.
Game score 30-30: no – during the game the score will not reach 30-30.

The example:
The bet 2-d set 3-rd game score 30-30: no. For the bet to be calculated as won during the 3-rd game of the 2-d set the score must not reach 30-30.

First win 2 games

First win 2 games: it is offered to predict which player will win 2 games the first in the set. The following betting options are available:

First win 2 games: player 1– player 1 will be the first who wins 2 games in the set.
First win 2 games: player 2 – player 2 will the first who wins 2 games in the set.

The example:
The bet 1-st set: First win 2 games: player 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 1-st set player 1 must win 2 games the first.

First win 3 games

First win 3 games: it is offered to predict which player will win 3 games the first in the set. The following betting options are available:

First win 3 games: player 1– player 1 will be the first who wins 3 games in the set.
First win 3 games: player 2 – player 2 will the first who wins 3 games in the set.

The example:
The bet 2-d set First win 3 games: player 2. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the second set player 2 must win 3 games the first.

First win 4 games

First win 4 games: it is offered to predict which player will win 4 games the first in the set. The following betting options are available:

First win 4 games: player 1 – player 1 will be the first who wins 4 games in the set.
First win 4 games: player 2 – player 2 will the first who wins 4 games in the set.

The example:
The bet 1-st set: First win 4 games: player 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the first set player 2 must win 4 games the first.

First win 5 games

First win 5 games: it is offered to predict which player will win 5 games the first in the set. The following betting options are available:

First win 5 games: player 1– player 1 will be the first who wins 5 games in the set.
First win 5 games: player 2 – player 2 will the first who wins 5 games in the set.

The example:
The bet 2-d set: First win 5 games: player 2. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the second set player 2 must win 5 games the first.

Win at least one set

Win at least one set: it is offered to predict if the player will win in at least one set. The following betting options are available:

Win at least one set: yes – the
player, on which the bet is made, will win in at least one set.
Win at least one set: no – the
player, on which the bet is made, will win in none of the sets.

The example:
The bet Win 2 at least one set: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, player 2 will win in at least 1 set. E.g. if the match score is 2-1, the bet will be calculated as won, because player 2 won 1 set.

Win the match losing 1-st set

Win the match losing 1-st set: it is offered to make bet on whether the player will lose the 1-st set, but will win the match. The following betting options are available:

Win the match losing 1-st set: yes – the player, on which the bet is made, will lose the 1-st set, but will win the match.
Win the match losing the 1-st set: no – the player, on which the bet is made, will win in the 1-st set, but will lose in the match.

The example:
The bet Win the match losing 1-st set player 1: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, player 1 must loose in the 1-st set, but must win the match.

Bets on volleyball and beach volleyball

In volleyball matches from 3 to 5 sets are played. The first team to win three sets wins the match, and the first team to reach 25 points wins the set (in the 5th final set – 15 points), with an advantage of at least 2 points over the opponent. When the score is 24:24 for the set, and it is 14:14 for the final set, then the set continues until one of the teams reaches 2-point advantage over the opponent in the current score of the set or the final set. There is no maximum score established, in the case of which the set is considered as completed; the set continues until one of the competitors reaches 2-point advantage in the set. Matches can also be played in another format, where it is played from 2 to 3 sets.

In the play-off round when the games end with the same score in favor of different teams (for example, in the first match 3:2 was registered in favor of the first team, and in the second match – 2:3 in favor of the second team), an additional set is played – the “Golden set” (in the “Golden set” wins the team that scores the first 15 points), the winner of the set passes to the next round. Results registered in the “Golden set” are not taken into account when calculating bets on the outcome of the second match.

In beach volleyball matches from 2 to 3 sets are played. The first team to win two sets wins the match, and the first team to reach 21 points wins the set (in the 3rd final set – 15 points), with an advantage of at least 2 points over the opponent. When the score is 20:20 (in the 3rd final set – 14:14), the set (the 3rd final set) is played until one of the teams reaches a 2-point advantage over the opponent.

In volleyball and beach volleyball matches the format of the game may change during the match (for example, a set that should have been played to 25 points is played to other points). In such cases, the organizer makes a special mark in the Line about the possible changes in the game format.

Bets offered on the outcomes of volleyball and beach volleyball matches:

In volleyball and beach volleyball, the handicap and total are calculated by points, except for “Sets’ Handicap” and “Sets’ Total” outcomes, which are calculated by number.

The first team will win the match (set) – “Win1”.
The second team will win the match (set) – “Win2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets: by the number of sets the first team will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
Bets: by the number of sets the second team will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by teams in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: the total number of points in the match (set) will be even (odd).
Bets on the outcomes of “Win with advantage points” in the set.
It is proposed to guess which team will win the set and with an advantage of how many offered points, for example: “Win of team 1 with an advantage of 7-8 points”.
Bets: the first (second) team will get the specified point in the match (set).
For example, in the second set, the first (second) team will win the 24th point.
Bets on the result of the first set and the whole match.
It is proposed to guess the result of the first set and the whole match at the same time. The following 4 options are possible:
“Win1Win1” – win of the first team in the first set and the match.
“Win1Win2” – win of the first team in the first set and win of the second team in the match.
“Win2Win1” – win of the second team in the first set and win of the first team in the match.
“Win2Win2” – win of the second team in the first set and the match.
Bets on the final score of the match (set).
It is proposed to choose the exact score registered in the final result of the match (set), according to the possible options included in the Line.

The official websites of the championships and tournaments (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of volleyball and beach volleyball matches. In some cases, when the information available on the official website does not make clear the outcome of the proposed bet (the required information is not available on the official website), the video recordings of the matches are taken as a basis for calculating the bets.

A volleyball and beach volleyball match that has been interrupted and did not continue or completed within 24 hours is considered to be failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to the calculation (for example, the match was interrupted in the second set, the match was considered failed, but the first set, which was played in full, i.e. has taken placed, and bets on the outcome of the last one are subject to calculation), and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in volleyball and beach volleyball matches are also accepted if they will be offered by the organizer in the line.

A volleyball match is played until one of the teams wins 3 sets. There are no time limitations for sets, each set is played until one of the teams scores 25 points. In case the team doesn’t win by two points (25։24) by that time, the play continues until one team wins by two points.
The handicap and total for a volleyball match are specified in points.

Result

Result: it is offered to predict which team will be the match winner. The following bet options are available:

Win 1: victory of team 1
Win 2: victory of team 2

Handicap

Handicap: handicap is the advantage or disadvantage in points, which is attributed to the team. The team, on which the bet is made, must be the winner of the match after the handicap adjustments are performed.

Positive Handicap: in this handicap type, the team, on which the bet is made, must become the winner after the advantage of points, the number of which is defined as the handicap argument, is added to the team’s final score.

The example:

The bet Handicap 2 (20.5). The bet is placed on team 2 and (20.5) is the handicap argument here. For this bet to be won, team 2 must be the winner of the match after we add the advantage of 20.5 points to its final score. Let us review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 78:60 (1-st set: 25:13; 2-nd set: 25:21, 3-rd set: 28:26). When we add the advantage of 20.5 points to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 78:80.5. In this case, the bet is won, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, team 2 is the winner.

The match ended with the score 78:52 (1-st set: 25:13; 2-nd set 25:13, 3-rd set: 28:26). When we add the advantage of 20.5 points to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 78:72.5. In this case, the bet is lost, as the adjustment handicap advantage, team 2 is not the winner.

Negative Handicap: in this handicap type, the team, on which the bet is made, must become the winner after the number of points defined by the value of handicap argument is subtracted from the team’s final score.

The example:

The bet Handicap 1(-20.5). The bet is placed for team 1, and “-20.5” is the handicap argument. For the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner of the match after we subtract 20.5 points from its final score. Let us review outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score: 75-45 (1-st set: 25:13; 2-nd set: 25:19, 3-rd set: 25:13). When we subtract 20.5 points from the score of team 1, the score becomes 54.5:45. In this case, the bet is won, as after the handicap adjustment team 1 is still the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score: 75-64 (1-st set: 25:22, 2-nd set: 25-23, 3-rd set 25-19). When we subtract 20.5 points from the score of team 1, the score becomes 54.5-64. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the handicap adjustment team 1 is not the winner of the match any more.

Total

Total: it is offered to predict if the number of scored points will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Total Over: the number of scored points will be higher than the selected value of bet argument
Total Under: the number of scored points will be lower than the selected value of bet

The example:

The bet Total over (182.5). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of points scored in the match must be higher than 182.5.

Total sets

Total sets: it is offered to predict if the total number of played sets will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following bet options are available:

Total sets: over – the total number of played sets will be higher than the selected value of bet argument
Total sets: under – the total number of played sets will be lower than the selected value of bet argument

The example:

The bet Total sets: over (3.5). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of sets played in the match must be at least 4.

Total Odd/Even

Total Odd/Even: it is offered to predict if the total number of scored points will be even or odd.

The example:

The bet Total odd/even: odd. For the bet to be calculated as won, the number of scored points must be odd (e.g. 181, 183, 185 etc).

Set winner

Set winner: it is offered to predict the winner of the set. The following betting options are available.

Win 1: the set will be won by team 1
Win 2: the set will be won by team 2

The example:

The bet 2-nd set winner: win 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win in the 2-nd set.

Win from behind after 0:2 or 2:0

Win from behind after 0:2 or 2:0: it is offered to predict if any will manage to win the match after having lost in the first 2 sets (the score 0:2 or 2:0).

Win from behind after 0:2 or 2:0 – one of the teams will manage to win the match after having lost in the first 2 sets
Win from behind after 0:2 or 2:0 – one of the teams will not manage to win the match after having lost in the first 2 sets

Correct score

Correct score: it is offered to predict the exact score with which the match will end.

The example:

The bet Correct score: 2:3.For the bet to be calculated as won, the match must end with the score 2:3.

Total highest scoring set

Total highest scoring set: it is offered to predict if the total number of points scored in the highest scoring set (the set in which, the highest number of points was scored) will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Total Highest Scoring set: over – the total number of points scored in the highest scoring set will be higher than the selected value of bet argument
Total Highest Scoring set: under – the total number of points scored in the highest scoring set will be lower than the selected value of bet argument

Total lowest scoring set

Total lowest scoring set: it is offered to predict if the total number of points scored in the lowest scoring set (the set in which, the lowest number of points was scored) will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Total lowest scoring set: over-the total number of points scored in the lowest scoring set will be higher than the selected value of bet argument
Total lowest scoring set: under -the total number of points scored in the lowest scoring set will be lower than the selected value of bet argument

Total blocks

Total blocks: it is offered to predict if the number of blocks performed by the team will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. A block in volleyball is a defensive playing action at the net. A block can be performed by one or several players, who jump near the net in front of an opposing attacker in order to prevent the ball from entering their side of the court. The following betting options are available:

Total blocks: over – the number of blocks performed by the team will be higher than the selected value of bet argument
Total blocks: under – the number of blocks performed by the team will be lower than the selected value of bet argument

The example:

The bet Team 1: total blocks over (20). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of blocks performed by team 1 must be over 20.

Total Aces in the match

Total Aces in the match: it is offered to predict if the number of aces performed by the team will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. An ace in volleyball occurs when the player servers the ball and the opposing team is unable to pass it and the ball hits the ground. The following betting options are available:

Total Aces: over – the number of aces performed by the team will be higher than the selected value of bet argument
Total Aces: under – the number of aces performed by the team will be lower than the selected value of bet argument

The example:

The bet Team 2: total aces under (10). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of aces performed by team 2 must be under 10.

Total Serving errors

Total Serving errors: it is offered to predict if the number of serving faults performed by the team will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Total Serving errors: over – the number of serving faults performed by the team will be higher than the selected value of bet argument
Total Serving errors: under – the number of serving faults performed by the team will be lower than the selected value of bet argument

The example:

The bet Total Team 1 Serve Fails: under (10). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of serving faults performed by team 1 must be under 10.

Set: Winning margin

Set: Winning margin: it is offered to predict the difference in points with which the team will win the set.

The example:

The bet 2-nd set Winning margin from 5-7: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must be the winner of the 2-nd set and difference in points must be from 5 to 7.

1-st time out

1-st time out: it is offered to predict which team will require the first time-out. The following betting options are available:

1-st time out: team 1 – the first time out will be required by team 1
1-st time out: team 2 – the first time out will be required by team 2

Set: Race to 5 points

Set: Race to 5 points: it is offered to predict which team will score 5 points the first in the set. The following betting options are available:

Set: Race to 5 points: team 1 – team 1 will score 5 points the first in the set
Set: Race to 5 points: team 2 – team 2 will score 5 points the first in the set

The example:

The bet 2-nd set Race to 5 points: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 2-nd set team 1 must score 5 points the first.

Set: Race to 10 points

Set: Race to 10 points: it is offered to predict which team will score 10 points the first in the set. The following betting options are available:

Set: Race to 10 points: team 1 – team 1 will score 10 points the first in the set
Set: Race to 10 points: team 2 – team 2 will score 10 points the first in the set

The example:

The bet 2-nd set Race to 10 points: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 2-nd set team 1 must score 10 points the first.

Set: Race to 15 points

Set: Race to 15 points: it is offered to predict which team will score 15 points the first in the set. The following betting options are available:

Set: Race to 15 points: team 1 – team 1 will score 15 points the first in the set
Set: Race to 15 points: team 2 – team 2 will score 15 points the first in the set

The example:

The bet 3-rd set Race to 15 points: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 3-rd set, team 1 must score 15 points the first.

Set: Race to 20 points

Set: Race to 20 points: it is offered to predict which team will score 20 points the first in the set. The following betting options are available:

Set: Race to 20 points: team 1 – team 1 will score 20 points the first in the set
Set: Race to 20 points: team 2 – team 2 will score 20 points the first in the set

The example:

The bet 3-rd set Race to 20 points: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 3-rd set, team 1 must score 20 points the first.

Set: Race to 25 points

Set: Race to 25 points: it is offered to predict which team will score 25 points the first in the set. The following betting options are available:

Set: Race to 25 points: team 1 – team 1 will score 25 points the first in the set
Set: Race to 25 points: team 2 – team 2 will score 25 points the first in the set

The example:

The bet 1-st set Race to 25 points: team 2. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 1-st set, team 2 must score 25 points the first.

Set:extra score

Set:extra score: it is offered to predict if the extra score will be fixed during the set. Extra score is the points scored If the team does not win by two points (24:24) by that time, and the play continuous until one of the teams win by two points. The following betting options are available:

Set: extra score: yes – extra score will be fixed during the set
Set: extra score: no – extra score will not be fixed during the set

5-th point

5-th point: it is offered to predict which team will win the 5-th point in the set. The following betting options are available:

5-th point: team 1 – the 5-th point in the set will be won by team 1
5-th point: team 2 – the 5-th point in the set will be won by team 2

The example:

The bet 2-nd set 5-th point: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 5-th point in the 2-nd set.

10-th point

10-th point: it is offered to predict which team will win the 10-th point in the set. The following betting options are available:

10-th point: team 1 – the 10-th point in the set will be won by team 1
10-th point: team 2 – the 10-th point in the set will be won by team 2

The example:

The bet 2-nd set 10-th point: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 10-th point in the 2-nd set.

15-th point

15-th point: it is offered to predict which team will win the 15-th point in the set. The following betting options are available:

15-th point: team 1 – the 15-th point in the set will be won by team 1
15-th point: team 2 – the 15-th point in the set will be won by team 2

The example:

The bet 2-nd set 15-th point: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 15-th point in the 2-nd set.

20-th point

20-th point: it is offered to predict which team will win the 20-th point in the set. The following betting options are available:

20-th point: team 1 – the 20-th point in the set will be won by team 1
20-th point: team 2 – the 20-th point in the set will be won by team 2

The example:

The bet 2-nd set 20-th point: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 20-th point in the 2-nd set.

25-th point

25-th point: it is offered to predict which team will win the 25-th point in the set. The following betting options are available:

25-th point: team 1 – the 25-th point in the set will be won by team 1
25-th point: team 2 – the 25-th point in the set will be won by team 2

The example:

The bet 2-nd set 25-th point: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 25-th point in the 2-nd set.

Score after 4-th set

Score after 4-th set: it is offered to predict the score of the match after 4 sets are played.

The example:

The bet Score after 4-th set: 1:3. For the bet to be calculated as won, the score after 4 sets are played must be 1:3.

Score after 3-rd set

Score after 3-rd set: it is offered to predict the score of the match after 3 sets are played.

The example:

The bet Score after 3-rd set: 2:1. For the bet to be calculated as won, the score after 3 sets are played must be 2:1.

Score after 2-nd set

Score after 2-nd set: it is offered to predict the score of the match after 2 sets are played.

The example:

The bet Score after 2-nd set: 2:0. For the bet to be calculated as won, the score after 2 sets are played must be 2:0.

5-th set in match

5-th set in match: it is offered to predict if the 5-th set will be played in the match. The 5-th set is played in case of 2:2 score. It continuous until one of the teams scores 15 points with minimum advantage of two points (15-13). In case of 15:14 score teams play until one of them gets a 2 points advantage over the opponent. The following betting options are available:

5-th set in match: yes – the 5-th set will be played
5-th set in match: no – the 5-th set will not be played

First serve

First serve: it is offered to predict which team will performed the first serve in match. The following betting options are available:

First serve: team 1 – the first serve will be performed by team 1
First serve: team 2 – the first serve will be performed by team 2

Match will be won by block

Match will be won by block: it is offered to predict if the match winner will be defined by a block. A block in volleyball is a defensive playing action at the net. A block can be performed by one or several players, who jump near the net in front of an opposing attacker in order to prevent the ball from entering their side of the court. The following betting options are available:

Match will be won by block: yes – the winner of the match will be defined by block
Match will be won by block: no – the winner of the match will be defined not by block

Match will be won by ace

Match will be won by ace: it is offered to predict if the match will be defined by an ace. An ace in volleyball occurs when the player servers the ball and the opposing team is unable to pass it and the ball hits the ground. The following betting options are available:

Match will be won by ace: yes – the winner of the match will be defined by ace
Match will be won by ace: no – the winner of the match will be defined by ace

Who will win point

Who will win point: it is offered to predict which team will win the particular point.

The example The bet 3-rd set Who will win point: Team 1 (43). For the bet to be won the 43-rd point must be scored by team 1. Let us suppose that the current score of the set is 19-23, which means that 42 (19+23) points were played out. For the bet to be won, the score must turn into 20-23, in other words team 1 must win the 43-rd point.

First video challenge

First video challenge: it is offered to predict which team will demand video challenge the first. The following betting options are available:

First video challenge: team 1 – the first video challenge will be demanded by team 1
First video challenge: team 2 – the first video challenge will be demanded by team 2

Bets on auto racing

The rules of accepting bets in auto racing:

The warm up lap is included in the racing;
If both drivers are out of the race the winner in the pair is the driver who has passed more laps;
If the driver is classified, he has finished the race.

The following kinds of bets can be placed on auto racing:

Win of the driver in the race.
The driver will take places from 1 to 3 inclusive.
The driver will finish the race (will be qualified).
The driver will not finish the race (will not be qualified).
The driver will have the fastest lap of the race.
The first driver will take a higher place than the second one in the final report (the column “1” of the line).
The second driver will take a higher place than the first one in the final report (the column “2” of the line).

Bets are also accepted on other probable events in auto racing, which will be offered in the line.

Bets on baseball

In a baseball match 9 innings are played. During calculation of bets made on final result of the match, the results registered in overtime inning (innings) are also taken into account. If the match ends in a draw and overtime inning (innings) was not played or if, based on the tournament’s requirements, in the played overtime inning draw was again registered, then the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

According to “Mercy Rule”, a baseball match can be finished untimely. In these cases, the match is considered completed with the results recorded at the time of interruption and all the bets are calculated taking into account the results recorded at the moment of interruption. (Mercy Rule functions when one of the teams has a significant advantage in score over the opponent team. The advantage level may vary according to requirements of different countries’ tournaments and championships.

If during one day the teams played two matches and in the program (line) the provider offered the bets on only one of them, the results registered in the game, which was played the first, is taken as basis during calculation of the bets.

In baseball the format change is also possible during the game (for example, 7 innings are played instead of 9 innings). In this case, the notice, informing about the possible change of match format is made by the organizer in the program.

The bets for Total and Handicap in baseball are calculated in points.

The bets offered on the outcomes of baseball matches:

The first team will win in the match – “Win 1”.
The second team will win in the match – “Win 2”.
The first team will win (not lose) match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of points scored by the teams in match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.
Bets on total number of points scored by each team individually in match – “Total over (under) the value bet argument”.
Bets on total number of points scored in match to be even (odd).
The bets on the following outcomes of the given inning: “Win1”, “Draw”, “Win2”, “Handicap” and “Total”.
The bets are also offered on the following outcomes of the first 3, the first 5 and the first 7 innings: “Win1”, “Draw”, “Win2”, “Handicap” and “Total”.
Bets on the number of statistics of the players (batter, pitcher) in the match.
In a baseball match, the bets on the number of statistics of the players are considered valid, if the players have been declared and started to play in the match (exceptions are the bets on the number of statistics of the pitcher, which are considered valid, if the pitcher has been declared and s/he has started the match, and hasn’t taken part as a substitute). Bets on the number of statistics of the players who haven’t participated in the match and/or bets considered invalid are subject to calculation with odds of “1” (one).

The official websites of tournaments, which are included in the table, are taken as basis for calculation of bets on baseball matches.

A baseball match that was interrupted and did not continued from an interrupted inning or completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 5 full innings were played. If the interrupted match is replayed from the beginning, the bets on the outcomes of the interrupted match are calculated by odds of “1” (one), except for the bets, the outcomes of which have already become clear. In the other cases, the event is considered to be not completed. The bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes of match are calculated with the odds “1” (one) if the match has been interrupted with the tied score and is considered to be completed.

If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have already been determined by the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be completed, the bets made on the outcomes of separate innings, which were not played, are calculated with the odds 1 (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of baseball matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Baseball is a team sport involving 2 teams of 9 (sometimes 10) players. The aim of the game is to score more points than the opposite team. Each separate match is played between two teams that take turns playing on offense (hitting the ball (the batter)) and defense (serving the ball (the pitcher)). A point is scored when the player on the offense team runs after hitting the ball by passing through all the bases in turn, set at the corners of the square-shaped field with borders of 90 ft length (27,4 m).

The match consists of periods called innings, in each of which teams take turns playing once on offense and once on defense. Typically, the match consists of 9 innings. In case of a draw additional innings are set at the end of the last inning. A baseball match cannot end in a draw, additional innings are set until the winner is defined.

Basic Terms:

Run– a point in baseball. Scored when the offense team player has passed through all the bases and reached the home base.

Hit– a hit at which the batter has reached at least the first base.

Home Run– a situation in baseball when the batter and the runners at the bases manage to complete a full circle through the bases and get to the home base (that is to finish the run). As a result of Home Run from 1 (unoccupied bases) to 4 points (all three bases are occupied) may be scored.

Out– a successful defense act as a result of which the player from the offense team who hit the ball was not able to reach the first base. It can be strikeout (the bat doesn’t touch the ball when the batter tries to strike and it’s his third mistake), flyout (catching the flying ball before it touches the ground), groundout (the defense player took the ball to the base before the offense player got there) and several other types. Each attack continues until there are three outs, in one inning there can be six outs.

Error– a statistic error that the field player is charged with because of a poor play (clumsiness, misses or lousy throw) allowing the batter to play and the runners to stay at the bases for a longer period of time or letting the runner advance one or more bases.

Result

Result: it is offered to predict which team will be the match-winner. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: victory of team 1.
Win 2: victory of team 2.
X: the match ends in a draw.

Total

Total: it is offered to predict if the total number of the scored runs in the game will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available.

Total over: the number of the scored runs will exceed the selected value of the bet argument. If the total number of runs and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: total over (3). In this bet, “3” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to win, the total number of scored runs must be over 3. If the total number of runs equals 3, the bet will be refunded.

Total under: the number of scored runs will be lower than the selected value of the bet argument. If the total number of runs and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: total under (3). In this bet, “3” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to win, the total number of scored runs in the match must be lower than 3. If the total number of runs equals 3, the bet will be refunded.

Even/Odd

Even/Odd: it is offered to predict if the total number of runs scored in the match will be an even or an odd number.

Even: the total number of scored runs will be an even number.

Odd: the total number of scored runs will be an odd number.

Inning Result

Inning Result: it is offered to make a bet on the result of a certain inning in the match. The following betting options are available.

Win 1: victory of team 1 in the inning.
Win 2: victory of team 2 in the inning.
X: the inning ends in a draw.

The example:

The bet: 2-nd inning: Win 1. It is predicted that team 1 will win the 2-nd inning.

Total Hits

Total Hits: it is offered to predict if the total number of hits in the match will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. A hit is a strike at which the batter has reached at least the first base. The following betting options are available.

Total hits over: the total number of hits will exceed the selected value of the bet argument.
Total hits under: the total number of hits will be lower than the selected value of the bet argument.

The example:

The bet: Total Hits Team 1: over (5). For the bet to win, the total number of hits of team 1 must exceed 5.

Home Run Total

Home Run Total: it is offered to predict if the total number of home runs in the match will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available.

Home Run Total: Over – the total number of the home runs will exceed the selected value of the bet argument. If the total number of the home runs and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

Home Run Total: Under – the total number of home runs will be lower than the selected value of the bet argument. If the total number of home runs and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: Home Run Total: Under (6). For the bet to be won the total number of home runs must be lower than 6. If the total number of home runs equals 6, the bet will be refunded.

Total Errors

Total Errors: it is offered to predict if the total number of errors in the match will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available.

Total errors over: the total number of errors in the match will exceed the selected value of the bet argument.
Total errors under: the total number of errors in the match will be lower than the selected value of the bet argument.

To Occur First

To Occur First: it is offered to predict which action will be performed before the other options. The following betting options are available.

Ball: the ball will take place before all the offered options. The ball is the action of the pitcher throwing the ball outside the strike zone and the batter not touching it with the bat.
Strike: the strike will take place before all the offered options. The Strike is the situation when the batter is not able to strike the ball.

Foul: The foul will take place before all the offered options. The Foul is the strike after which the ball settles outside the foul line or between the home base and the first or the third base.

First Home Run

First Home Run: it is offered to predict if the home run will be:

One Run-Homer: the hit at which all the bases are unoccupied and the player scores a home run.
Two Run-Homer: the hit at which one base is occupied and the player scores a home run.
Three-Run Homer: the hit at which two bases are occupied and the player scores a home run.
Grand Slam: the hit at which all the bases are occupied and the player scores a home run.

First 5 Innings/Match

First 5 Innings/Match: it is offered to bet on the result of the first five innings and the whole match at the same time. The following betting options are available.

Win 1/ Win 1: team 1 will win both the first 5 innings and the match.
Win 1/Win 2: team 1 will win the first 5 innings and team 2 will win the match.
X/ Win 1: the first 5 innings will end with a draw and team 1 will win the match.
Win 2/ Win 2: team 2 will win both the first 5 innings and the match.
Win 2/Win 1: team 2 will win the first 5 innings and team 1 will win the match.
X/ Win 2: the first 5 innings will end with a draw and team 2 will win the match.

Bets on snooker

Snooker matches usually consist of an odd number of frames (rounds). The player, who has won more frames, wins the match. For example, in the match consisting of 7 (seven) frames a player, who has won 4 (four) frames, wins the match. A player, who has scored more points, wins the frame. Snooker matches can also be held in other formats, the notice informing about which is made by the organizer in the program (line).

In snooker matches a stalemate situation may occur, when striking the red balls does not contribute to the continuation of the frame. In case of a stalemate, according to the referee’s suggestion the players may replay the current frame (restart the frame with 0:0 score). For the frame to be replayed, both players should agree with the referee’s suggestion. The bets made on the outcomes of the current frame are calculated according to the results registered in the replayed frame. In case of not agreeing, the frame continues. The player, who doesn’t agree with the referee’s suggestion, continues the game. But if the player misses 3 consecutive strikes after the continuation of the frame, then the victory of the frame is awarded to the opponent. In this case, the bets made on all the outcomes of this frame (including “Win 1” and “Win 2”) are calculated with the odds “1” (one). If the player, who hasn’t agreed with the referee, continues the match and succeeds in the strikes, then the bets made on this frame remain valid and are calculated according to the final result.

Bets offered on the outcomes of Snooker matches:

In Snooker match, the handicap and total are calculated according to the number of frames, and in a frame – by the points.

The first player will win the match (frame) – “Win 1”.
The second player will win the match (frame) – “Win 2”.
The first player will win (not lose) the match (frame) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second player will win (not lose) the match (frame) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of frames played in match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of points scored in frame – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets: which player will score the first ball in match.
Bets: which player will be the first to score the offered number of points.
Bets on total number of points scored in the frame to be even (odd).
Bets: whether the first (second) player will score the first (the last) ball.
Bets on the first scored ball to be yellow (green, brown, blue, pink, black)
“Century break” will be scored (will not be scored)

“Century break” is when one of the players scores 100 (hundred) or more points in the match within one visit at the table and without missing shots. The points, scored by the player in case of the opponent’s foul, are not taken into account in “Century break”.

-Foul to happen (not to happen)

All the bets made on the outcomes of the frame are calculated after the end of the frame.

All the points awarded by the match referee are taken into account when calculating the bets made on the outcomes of the match. In some cases, the referee may award the victory to one of the players before the end of that frame (e.g. when the referee suggests an option for the resolution of the current situation, which the player doesn’t agree with and by acting the opposite s/he fails.) In that case the frame is considered completed and all the bets are calculated according to the registered result.

If one of the frames hasn’t been played for any reason, then all the bets made on the outcomes of that frame are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one), and the bets made on the other outcomes are calculated according to the final result (e.g. if one of the players is late for the appointed start time of the frame, the referee may award the victory to the other player and consider the frame as completed, but in this case, the bets made on the outcomes of this frame are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one)).

The official websites of the championships and tournaments (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of snooker matches. In some cases, when the information required for the calculation of any outcome of the match is not available оn the official website, the video recording of the match is taken as a basis for the calculation. E.g. for the calculation of the bet made on the outcome “The first/the second player will score the first ball” the video recording of the match will be taken as a basis if the required information is not available on the official website.

Bets made on the outcomes of postponed or interrupted snooker matches remain valid until the end of the tournament or the championship within the framework of which it is held. All the bets made on the outcomes of the match remain valid until the start or continuation of the match.

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of snooker matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on badminton

If in the started badminton match one of the players (one team) is disqualified for some reason, refuses to play or is unable to continue the match, the match ends untimely, then the bets made on the outcomes of that match are calculated in the following way:

The bets, outcomes of which are definitely determined at the moment of match interruption, based on the match format, are considered completed and are subject to calculation. All the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

For example, the player refuses to play during the first set with the score 19:20. In this case, bets made on the following outcomes of the first set will be calculated with the odds 1 (one): “Win1”, “Win2”, “Total over (under) 40.5”, “Handicap 1 (+1.5), “Handicap 2 (-1.5)”, “Handicap 1 (-1.5)”, Handicap 2 (+1.5)”, as well as the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” of match. The bets made on the following outcomes of the first set are subject to calculation: “Total over (under) 38.5”, “Total over (under) 39.5”, “Handicap1 (+2.5)”, “Handicap2 (-2.5)”, “Handicap1 (-2.5)”, “Handicap2 (+2.5)”, “Handicap1 (+3.5)”, “Handicap2 (-3.5), “Handicap1 (-3.5)”, Handicap2 (+3.5).

In badminton the bets on Handicap and Total are calculated in points.

If before the match start, one of the players (one of the teams) refuses to participate in the match, the bets made on that match outcomes are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

If during badminton team matches, in which the participants’ names are specified by team (country) name (e.g. China-Indonesia), the change of tennis player (team) is performed (in advance announced player or team for which the bets were offered), the bets on all outcomes of the match remain valid.

The bets offered on the outcomes of badminton matches:

The first player (pair) will win the match (set) – “Win1”.
The second player (pair) will win the match (set) – “Win2”.
The first player (team) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account –“Handicap1”.
The second player (team) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap2”.
Bets on number of points in match (set) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on number of points to be even (odd).
Bets on results of the first set and the full match:
It is offered to predict the winner of both the first set and the full match simultaneously. The following four betting options are available:
“Win1 Win1” – victory of the first player (team) in both the first set and the full match.
“Win1 Win2” – victory of the first player (team) in the first set and victory of the second player (team) in the full match.
“Win2 Win1” – victory of the second player (team) in the first set and victory of the first tennis player (team) in the match.
“Win2 Win2” – victory of the second player (team) in both the first set and the match.
Bets on the final score of match (set):
It is offered to select the precise score registered in the end of the match (set) from the options available in the program (line).

The official websites of tournaments and championships, which are included in the table, are taken as basis for calculation of bets on badminton matches.

The bets made on the outcomes of the matches, which have been postponed or interrupted, remain valid until the end of the tournament, which they belong to.

The bets are also accepted on other outcomes of badminton matches offered by the provider in the Line.

Bets on bandy

In bandy matches the bets are accepted on regular time of match if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). The result registered in overtime is not taken into account during the calculation of the bets made on the outcomes of regular time. The regular time of a bandy match is 90 minutes (two halves, the duration of each is 45 minutes). According to the requirement of particular tournaments and championships, the format of the match can be changed ( matches, the duration of which is 60 minutes, 70 minutes and 80 minutes with two halves, the duration of each is 30, 35, and 40 minutes accordingly). During a match of a different format, the specifying notice is made by the provider in the program (line).

Bets offered on bandy matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win 1”.
Draw in match (in the half) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose match (half) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win match (half) – “12”.
The second team will not lose match (half) – “2X”.
The first team will win (not lose) match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in match (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.
Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (half) – “Total over (under) the value bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored in match (half) to be even (odd).

Championships’ official websites, which are included in the table, are taken as basis for calculation of bets made on bandy matches.

The bandy match (the duration of which is 90 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered to be completed if no less than 70 minutes were played. The bandy matches with the duration of 60, 70 and 80 minutes, which have been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered to be completed if no less than 48, 56, and 64 minutes were played accordingly. In the other cases, the match is considered to be not completed. If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

The bets are also accepted on other outcomes of bandy matches offered by the provider in the Line.

Bets on field hockey

In field hockey the bets are accepted on the regular time of match if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). The results, registered in overtime and penalty shootout, are not taken into account during calculation of the bets offered on outcomes of regular time. The regular time of a field hockey is 60 minutes (2 halves- the duration of each is 30 minutes or 4 quarters – the duration of each is 15 minutes), but the match can be also played in the following format: the duration of 70 minutes (2 halves- the duration of each is 35 minutes or 4 quarters – the duration of each is 17 minutes 30 seconds). During a match of a different format, the specifying notice is made by the provider in the program (line).

The bets offered on the outcomes of field hockey matches:

The first team will win the match (period, quarter) – “Win 1”.
Draw in match (half, quarter) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (period, quarter) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose match (half, quarter) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win match (half, quarter) – “12”.
The second team will not lose match (half, quarter) – “2X”.
The first team will win (not lose) match (half, quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) match (half, quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in match (half, quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument“.
Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (half, quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored in match (half) to be even (odd).

The field hockey match (the duration of which is 70 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered to be completed if no less than 55 minutes were played. The field hockey match with the duration of 60 minutes, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered to be completed if accordingly no less 47 minutes were played. In the other cases, the match is considered to be not completed. If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other outcomes of field hockey matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on table tennis

For example, a tennis player (tennis team) refuses to continue the match in the first set, when the score is 9:10. In this case, the bets made on the following outcomes of the first set are calculated with the odds 1 (one): “Win1”, “Win2”, “Total over(under) 20.5”, “Handicap1 (+1.5)”, “Handicap2(-1.5)”, “Handicap1 (-1.5)”, “Handicap2 (+1.5), as well as the bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes of match. And the outcomes of the first set “Total over (under) 18.5”, “Total over (under)19.5”, “Handicap1 (+2.5)”, “Handicap2 (-2.5)”, “Handicap1 (-2.5)” are subject to calculation.

If one of the sides refuses to participate in the match before its start, the bets made on the match outcomes are calculated with odds “1” (one). If during tennis doubles (team) match, in which the participants’ names are specified by team (country) name (e.g. Spain-Switzerland), the change of tennis player (team) is performed (in advance announced tennis player or tennis team for which the bets were offered), the bets on all outcomes of the match remain valid.

The bets on Handicap and Total in tennis are calculated in points.

The bets offered on the outcomes of table tennis matches:

The first player (pair) will win the match (set) – “Win1”.
The second player (pair) will win the match (set) – “Win2”.
The first tennis player (team) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account –“Handicap1”.
The second tennis player (team) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap2”.
Bets on total number of points in match (set) “Total over (under) the value of bet argument“.
Bets on the number of points in match (set) to be even or odd.
Bets on the final score of match (set).
It is offered to select the precise score registered in the end of the match (set) from the options available in the program (line).

The tournaments’ official websites, which are included in the table, are taken as basis for calculation of bets made on table tennis matches.

The bets made on the outcomes of table tennis matches, which were postponed or interrupted, remain valid until the end of the tournament, which they belong to.

Bets are also accepted on other outcomes of table tennis matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on table soccer (football)

There are no time limits in the match (game) of table soccer. A match consists of 1 (one), 3 (three), or 5 (five) games. In a match consisting of 1 (one) game, the player (pair) who won the game wins. In a match of 3 (three) games, the player (pair) who won two games wins, and in a match of 5 (five) games, the player (pair) who won three games wins. Depending on the requirements of the championship or tournament, the game is won by the player (pair) who scores 5 (five) or 7 (seven) goals.

It is also possible that the matches will be played in another format. In such cases, the organizer makes a special note in the line about the format of the match.

If the winning score is 5 (five) goals, in case the score becomes 4:4 in the final game, then only the final game of the match is played before one of the players (pairs) achieves an advantage over the opponent of 2 goals, but the maximum score can’t exceed 8. That is, if the score becomes 4:4 in the final game, the game continues and may end with a score 4:6, 6:4, 5:7, 7:5, 6:8 or 8:6. After the score is 7:7, the game ends with a score of 8:7 or 7:8.

If the winning score is 7 (seven) goals, in case the score becomes 6:6 in the final game, then the game of the match is played before one of the players (pairs) achieves an advantage over the opponent of 2 goals, but the maximum score can’t exceed 8. That is, if the score becomes 6:6 in the game, the game continues and may end with a score 6:8 or 8:6. After the score is 7:7, the game ends with a score of 8:7 or 7:8.

Bets offered on the outcome of table soccer matches:

The first player (pair) will win the match (game) – “Win1”.
The second player (pair) will win the match (game) – “Win2”.
The first player (pair) will win (not lose) the match (game), taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second player (pair) will win (not lose) the match (game), taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of goals scored by a player (pair) in the match (game) – “Total over (under) the total number”.
Bets on the total number of goals scored in the match (game) – “Total over (under) the total number”.
Bets: the total number of goals in the match (game) will be even (odd).
Bets on the final result of the match (game).
It is proposed to choose the exact score recorded in the final result of the match (game), according to the possible options included in the Line.

To calculate the results of table soccer matches, the official websites of Championships and tournaments, which are presented in the table, are taken as a basis.

A table soccer match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to be failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which at the time of the stoppage have already become clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in table soccer matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

There is no time limit for the duration of Table Football matches (games). The match consists of 1 (one), 3 (three) or 5 (five) games. For the match, consisting of 1 (one) game, the winner is the player (pair), who has won the game. For the match, consisting of 3 (three) games, the winner is the player (pair), who has won 2 (two) games, and for the match, consisting of 5 (five) games – the one (pair), who has won 3 (three) games. The player (pair), who scores 5 (five) or 7 (seven) goals depending on the conditions of the championship or tournament, wins the game.

Tournaments may be held in other formats as well. In this case, the organizer will leave a special notice in the program with the details of the tournament format.

In case of to win with 5 goals, if the score is 4:4 in the decisive game, then the decisive game of the tournament may be held until one of the players (pairs) scores with the advantage of 2 points, but the maximum score must not exceed 8. So, if the score is 4:4 in the decisive game, then the game continues and may finish with the score 4:6, 6:4, 5:7, 7:5, 6:8 or 8:6. If the game scores 7:7, then it finishes either with the score 8:7 or 7:8.

In case of to win with 7 goals, if the score is 6:6, then the game continues until one of the players (pairs) scores with the advantage of 2 points, but the maximum score must not exceed 8. So, if the game’s score is 6:6, then the game continues and may finish either with the score 6:8 or 8:6.

After 7:7 score, the game may finish either with the score 8:7 or 7:8.

The main markets offered for the outcomes of Table Football matches:

Result

Result: it is offered to predict which player (pair) will be the match (game) winner.

Win 1: victory of player (team) 1
Win 2: victory of player (team) 2

Handicap

Handicap: is the advantage or disadvantage which is attributed to player’s (pair’s) score. The player (pair) on which the bet is made, must become the winner of the match (game) after the handicap adjustments are performed.

Handicap 1
Handicap 2

Positive Handicap: in this handicap type, the player (pair), on which the bet is made, must become the winner of the match after the advantage of goals, the number of which is defined as the handicap argument, is added to the team’s final score.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 1 (2). The bet is made on player 1 (pair 1) and “2” is the handicap argument. For this bet to be calculated as won, player 1 must be the winner after we add the advantage of 2 goals to his/her/their final score. Let us review two possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 0:1. When we add the advantage of 2 goals to the final score of player 1 (pair 1), the score becomes 2:1. In this case, the bet is won, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, player 1 (pair 1) is the winner of the match.
The match ended wit the score 1:4. When we add the advantage of 2 goals to the final score of player 1 (pair 1), the score becomes 3:4. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, player 1 (pair 1) is not the winner of the match.

Negative Handicap: in this handicap type, the team, on which the bet is placed, must become the winner of the match after the number of goals defined by the value of handicap argument is subtracted from the team’s final score.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 2 ( -3). The bet is placed for player 2 (pair 2), and “-3” is the handicap argument. For the bet to be won, player 2 (pair 2) must be the winner of the match after subtract 3 goals from its final score. Let us review two possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 1:5. When we subtract 3 goals from the final score of player 2 (pair 2), the score becomes 1:2. In this case, the bet is won, as after the adjustment of handicap, player 2 (pair 2) is the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score 2:3. When we subtract 3 goals from the final score of player 2 (pair 2), the score becomes 2:0. In this case the bet is lost, as after the adjustment of handicap, player 2 (pair 2) is not the winner of the match.

Total

Total – it is offered to predict if the total number of the goals scored during the match (by all the players) will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total over: the number of goals scored during the match must exceed the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of goals and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: Total over (5). In this bet, “5” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of the goals scored during the match must be over 5. In case the total number of goals scored during the match equals to 5, the bet will be refunded.

Total under: the number of goals scored by during the match must be lower than the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of goals scored during the match and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: Total under (7). In this bet, “7” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of the goals scored during the match must be lower than 7. In case the total number of goals scored during the match equals to 7, the bet will be refunded.

Individual Total

Individual Total: it is offered to predict if the total number of the scored goals by the particular player (pair) will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Total Player 1 (pair 1) over/ under
Total Player 2 (pair 2) over/ under

Total over: the number of goals scored by the player (pair) must exceed the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of goals scored by the player (pair) and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: Total Player 1 (pair 1) over (2). In this bet, “2” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of the goals scored by the Player 1 (pair 1) must be over 2. In case the total number of goals scored by the Player 1 (pair 1) equals to 2, the bet will be refunded.

Total under: the number of goals scored by the player (pair) must be lower than the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of goals scored by the player (pair) and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: Total Player 1 (pair 1) under (2). In this bet, “2” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of the goals scored by the Player 1 (pair 1) must be lower than 2. In case the total number of goals scored by the Player 1 (pair 1) equals to 2, the bet will be refunded.

Game Total

Game Total – it is offered to predict the total number of the goals scored during a game

Total Odd/Even

Total Odd /Even: it is offered to predict if the total number of goals for the match (game) will be even or odd.

Even – the total number of goals for the match (game) will be an even number.
Odd – the total number of goals for the match (game) will be an odd number.

The example:

The bet: Total odd/even odd. The bet implies that the total number of goals for the match (game) will be an odd number. Let us suppose, that the match ended with the score 2:3. Thus, in total we receive 5. The bet will be settled as won, because 5 is an odd number.

Correct score

Correct score: it is offered to predict the exact score of the match (game) according to the possible options included in the program.

Table Football match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered not completed. The bets, the outcomes of which have already been determined at the time of its interruption and do not depend on the final result of the event, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1”.

Bets may be accepted for the other possible outcomes of Table Football, which will be offered in the program by the organizer.

Bets on Rugby (Rugby League and Rugby Union)

The regular time for rugby matches is set to 80 minutes (two halves of 40 minutes each). Bets on rugby matches are accepted for regular time, unless something else is specified by the organizer in the Line. Results recorded in the post-match added time or extra-time are not taken into account when calculating bets on outcomes proposed for regular time. The organizer also offers bets on varieties of Rugby – Rugby 7 (seven), Rugby 9 (nine) and Rugby 10 (ten), where the duration of the times is 7, 9 and 10 minutes, respectively. In case of matches in this format, a special mark appears in the Line showing the match format.

In Rugby, the handicap and total are calculated by points (with the exception of totals offered for the total number of tries).

Bets offered on the outcomes of a rugby match:

The first team will win the match (half-time) – “Win1”.
There will be a draw in the match (half-time) – “Draw” (“X”).
The second team will win the match (half-time) – “Win2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: the total number of points in the match (half-time) will be even (odd).
Bets on the number of tries by teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: which team will make the next try (will be no try at all).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of rugby matches.

A rugby match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 65 minutes were played. Matches of Rugby 7, Rugby 9 and Rugby 10 are considered to have taken place if they were played in full. In all other cases the matches are considered to have failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in rugby matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on American football

In American football matches, the regular time is 60 minutes of net playing time (two halves of 30 minutes each or 4 quarters of 15 minutes each). Bets on the outcomes of American football matches are calculated taking into account post-match extra-time. If the match ends with the draw and no extra-time is played, or if the extra-time is played, based on the requirements of this tournament, and the draw recorded as a result of extra-time, then bets on “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation by odds of “1” (one).

In American football, the handicap and total are calculated by points.

Bets offered on the outcome of an American football match:

The first team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win1”.
The second team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by teams in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: the total number of points in the match (half-time, quarter) will be even (odd).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of American football matches.

Bets on other possible outcomes in American football matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Australian football

In Australian football matches, the regular time is 80 minutes of net playing time (two halves of 40 minutes each or 4 quarters of 20 minutes each). In the women’s championships the regular time is 60 minutes of net playing time (two halves of 30 minutes each or 4 quarters of 15 minutes each).

Bets on the outcomes of Australian football matches are calculated taking into account post-match extra-time. If the match ends with the draw and no extra-time is played, or if the extra-time is played, based on the requirements of this tournament, and the draw recorded as a result of extra-time, then bets on “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation by odds of “1” (one).

In the matches of some Australian football tournaments, the format of the match may be changed during the game or before the start of the game. In such cases, the organizer makes a special note in the line about the possible format change of the match and all the bets are subject to calculation according to the final result. For example, if there has been made a 1000 AMD bet with the odds of 2.3 on the outcome of Win 1 of the match with the note regarding the possible format change of the match and 15 minutes have been played in the fourth quarter of the match instead of 20 minutes, i.e. the match lasted 75 minutes instead of 80 minutes and the result of the match has been 87:64, then the bet will be considered as won, and the winning will be 1000 x 2.3 = 2300 AMD.

In Australian football, the handicap and total are calculated by points.

When calculating the totals of 6-point goals and 1-point behinds, the number of goals is taken as the basis, not the number of points.

Bets offered on the outcome of an Australian football match:

The first team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win1”.
The second team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1“.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by teams in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: the total number of points in the match (half-time, quarter) will be even (odd).
Bets on the total number of goals scored by teams in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the total number of behinds made by teams in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the total number of behinds made by each team in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: which team will be the first to earn the number of points offered in the Line during the match (half-time, quarter).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of Australian football matches.

Bets on other possible outcomes in Australian football matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Curling

A Curling match consists of 10 ends (periods). Bets on the outcomes of curling matches are calculated taking into account extra end (s). If the match ends with the draw and no extra-end (s) is played, based on the requirements of this tournament or championship, then bets on “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation by odds of “1” (one).

A penalty point (points) awarded to one of the teams is taken into account when calculating bets on the outcome of the match.

Bets offered on the outcome of a curling match:

The first team will win the match (end) – “Win1”.
The second team will win the match (end) – “Win2”.
There will be a draw in the match (end) – “Draw” (“X”).
The first team will win (not lose) the match (end) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (end) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of points in the match (end) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: the total number of points in the match (end) will be even (odd).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of curling matches.

Bets on other possible outcomes in curling matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Darts

In a Darts competition players one by one approach the throw line making throws towards the target. In darts the players are considered participating in the competition if they have made at least one throw towards the target. The points are calculated after each player’s checkout, after that the other player takes his turn to make a throw. Depending on the conducting conditions of a darts championship or tournament, the winner is considered the player who has won more legs or the player who has won more sets. The player who won more legs wins the set. The total number of points, that the player has to score by one final approach to win the leg, is called checkout. If darts game ends in a draw and “draw” outcome was not offered in the program (line), the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation with the odds 1 (one).

During one checkout the player can score maximum 180 points if “20” tripling sector is hit three times.

In darts handicap and total bets are calculated in legs (sets).

The bets offered on the outcomes of darts competitions:

Bets: which of the players will take the first place in the tournament (will win the tournament).
The first player will win the competition – “Win 1”.
The completion will end in a draw – “X“.
The second player will win the competition – “Win 2”.
The first player will win by the number of legs (sets) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second player will win by the number of legs (sets) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of legs (sets) in the competition – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets: which of the players will perform the first 180-point throw.
Bets on the total number of performed 180-point throws – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on the number of points for the highest checkout recorded in the competition to be over (under) the offered total value.

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are the basis during calculation of bets made on darts competitions.

Darts competitions, which have been interrupted for technical or any other reason and have not been continued or finished during 24 hours, are considered not completed. If the darts completions have been interrupted and are considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the competition, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on E-Basketball

The bets made on the outcomes of e-basketball videogames are calculated with the extra time (overtime) taken into account. In this case if the videogame ends in a draw and “draw” outcome was not offered, the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are calculated with the odds “1” (one). The videogames are held in 4×5 or 4×4 format (4 quarters: each lasts for 5 or 4 minutes respectively). The videogames with the quarters’ duration of 12 minutes are held in 4×5 format, and those with the quarters ‘duration of 10 minutes are held in 4×4 format. The matches may also be held in 4×12 format (each quarter 12 minutes real playing time), about which will be informed in the program (line) beforehand.

In e-basketball the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the videogames’ real time. For example, if the format of 16 minutes (4×4) is selected, the time board displaying the current minute of the videogame will reach 40 minutes in 16 real minutes (pure time). For example, on the real 12-th minute of the videogame 30-th minute can be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute.

The bets offered on the outcomes of e-basketball videogames:

The first team will win in the videogame (quarter) – “Win1”.
Draw in the videogame (quarter) – “X”.
The second team will win in the videogame (quarter) – “Win2”.
The first team will not lose the videogame (quarter) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win the videogame (quarter) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the videogame (quarter) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the videogame (quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the videogame (quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the videogame (quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the videogame (quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of points scored by the teams in the videogame (quarter) to be even (odd).
Bets on the extra time (overtime) to be (not to be).

The official websites of videogames included in the table are the basis for the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of e-basketball videogames.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The e-basketball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours, is considered completed, if at least 14 minutes have been played in the match with the format 4×4, at least 17 minutes in the match with the format 4×5, and at least 41 minutes in the match with the format 4×12.

In the other cases the matches are considered not completed. The outcomes of the matches, that are considered interrupted and not completed, which have been already determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-basketball video games offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on E-Football

In e-football videogames bets are accepted on regular time if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). Depending on the requirements of a conducted championship videogames are held in 2×7, 2×6 or 2×5 format (two halves: each half lasts for 7, 6 and 5 minutes respectively).

In e-football the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the videogame’s real time. For example, if the format of 10 minutes (2×5) is selected, the time board displaying the current minute of the videogame, will reach 90 minutes in 10 real minutes. For example, on the real 8-th minute of the videogame 72-th minute can be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute.

The bets offered on the outcomes of e-football videogames:

The first team will win the videogame (half) – “Win1”.
Draw in the videogame (half) – “X”.
The second team will win the videogame (half) – “Win2”.
The first team will not lose the videogame (half) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win the videogame (half) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the videogame (half) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the videogame (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the videogame (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the videogame (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the videogame (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on the first (the second) team to score (not to score) a goal in the videogame (half).
Bets on the both teams to score (not to score) a goal in the videogame (half).
Bets on total number of goals scored in the videogame (half) to be even (odd).
Bets on final score of videogame.
It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the videogame from the options available in the program (line).
Bets: which team will score the first (the second or the next) goal in the videogame (half).

The official websites of videogames included in the table are the basis for the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of e-football videogames.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The e-football match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours, is considered completed, if at least 6 minutes 30 seconds have been played in the match with the format 2×4, at least 8 minutes 30 seconds with the format 2×5, and at least 10 minutes 30 seconds with the format 2×6, and at least 12 minutes 30 seconds with the format 2×7.

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-football video games offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on E-Hockey

The bets on the outcomes of E-Hockey videogames are accepted on regular time. The videogames are held in 3×4 or 3×5 format (3 periods each of which lasts 4 or 5 minutes respectively). In E-Hockey the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the videogame’s real time. For example, if 12 (3×4) minutes are set as duration time for E-Hockey, the time board displaying the current time of the videogame will reach 60 minutes in 12 real minutes (pure time). For example, on the 4th real minute of the videogame the 20 minutes can be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute.

The bets offered on the outcomes of E-Hockey videogames:

The first team will win in the videogame (period) – “Win1”.
Draw in the videogame (period) – “X”.
The second team will win in the videogame (period) – “Win2”.
The first team will not lose the videogame (period) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win the videogame (period) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the videogame (period) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the videogame (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the videogame (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the videogame (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the videogame (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored in the videogame (period) to be even or (odd).
Bets on final score of videogame.
It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the videogame from the options available in the program (line).
Bets on the first (the second) team to score (not to score) a goal in the videogame (period).
Bets on both teams to score (not to score) a goal in the videogame (period).
Bets: which team will score (none of the teams will score) the first (the second or the next goal) in in the videogame.

The official websites of videogames included in the table are the basis for the calculation made on the outcomes of E-Hockey videogames.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The e-hockey match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours, is considered completed, if at least 50 minutes have been played according to the displayed game time. In the other cases the matches are considered not completed. The outcomes of the matches, that are considered interrupted and not completed, which have been already determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

An E-Hockey videogame is considered completed, if fully played.

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of E-Hockey video games offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on E-Tennis

In E-Tennis bets are offered for the videogames consisting of 3 (three) sets, which can be held on clay, grass or carpet courts. Handicap and Total for E-Tennis videogames are calculated according to the games. Tie-break played at the end of the set is calculated as one game (e.g. the tie-break, which is played when the score of the set is 6:6, is considered to be the 13-th game of that set and the set ends with the score either 6:7 or 7:6).

The bets offered on the outcomes of E-Tennis videogames:

The first tennis player (pair) will win in the videogame (set/ game) – “Win1”.
The second tennis player (pair) will win in the videogame (set/ game) – “Win2”.
The first tennis player (pair) will win (not lose) the videogame (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap1”.
The second tennis player (pair) will win (not lose) the videogame (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap2”.
Bets on total number of games in the videogame (set) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of games in the videogame (set) to be even or (odd).
Bets on results of the first set and the whole videogame:
Predict the result of both the first set and the whole videogame simultaneously. The following 4 betting options are available:
“Win1 Win1” – victory of the first tennis player (pair) both in the first set and the whole videogame.
“Win1 Win2” – victory of the first tennis player (pair) in the first set and victory of the second tennis player (pair) in the whole videogame.
“Win2 Win1” – victory of the second tennis player (pair) in the first set and victory of the first tennis player (pair) in the whole videogame.
“Win2 Win2” – victory of the second tennis player (pair) both in the first set and the whole videogame.
Bets on final score of videogame (set):
It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the videogame (set) from the options available in the program (line).
Bets on tie-break to happen (not to happen).
Bets: Who will score the next point.

The official websites of videogames included in the table are the basis for the calculation made on the outcomes of E-Tennis videogames.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The e-tennis match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which have already been determined at the time of their interruption and do not depend on the final result of the videogame, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

E-Tennis videogame is considered completed, if fully played.

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of E-Tennis videogames offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Floorball

The regular time of a floorball match is 60 minutes net playing time (3 periods, each of which lasts 20 minutes). In floorball matches bets are accepted on regular time if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). The results registered in overtime and penalty shootout are not taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the outcomes offered for regular time.

The bets offered on the outcomes of floorball matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win1”.
Draw in the match (period) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose match (period) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win match (period) – “12”.
The second team will not lose match (period) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.
Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored in match (period) to be even (odd).

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites, included in the table, are taken as basis during calculation of bets made on floorball matches.

The Floorball match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished in 24 hours, is considered to be completed if it was played for not less than 50 minutes. In the other cases, the event is considered to be not completed. If the event has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of its interruption and do not depend on the final result of the event, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1”.

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of floorball matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on E-Baseball

In e-baseball matches the results registered in overtime inning (innings) are also taken into account during calculation of bets. The matches are held in 2 innings, 7 innings or 9 innings formats according to the requirements of the current tournament. If the match ends in a draw and overtime inning (innings) was not played, then the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets offered on the outcomes of e–baseball matches:

In e-baseball the bets for Total and Handicap are calculated in points.

The first team will win in the match – “Win 1”.
The second team will win in the match – “Win 2”.
The first team will win (not lose) match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of points scored by the teams in match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.
Bets on total number of points scored by each team individually in match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of e-baseball matches.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The e-baseball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). An e-baseball match is considered to be completed if fully played.

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-baseball matches offered by the organizer on the Line.

Bets on E-Floorball

Bets on the outcomes e-floorball matches are accepted for regular time. The matches are held in 3×5 or 3×2 format (3 periods each of which lasts 5 or 2 minutes respectively). The results registered in overtime and penalty shootout are not taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the outcomes offered for regular time. In e-floorball the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the match’s real time. For example, if 15 (3×5) minutes are set as duration time for e-floorball, the time board displaying the current time of the match will reach 60 minutes in 15 real minutes. For example, on the 4th real minute of the match the 16 minutes can be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute.

Bets offered on the outcomes of e–floorball matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win1”.
Draw in the match (period) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose match (period) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win match (period) – “12”.
The second team will not lose match (period) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.
Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored in match (period) to be even (odd).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of e-floorball matches.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The e-floorball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). An e-floorball match is considered to be completed if fully played.

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-floorball matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on E-Handball

In e-handball matches bets are accepted on regular time of the match if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). Depending on the requirements of a conducted championship the matches are held in 2×6 or 2×8 format (two halves: each half lasts 6 or 8 minutes accordingly). In e-handball the current minute of the match displayed on the time board may differ from the real time of the match. For example, if the format of 12 minutes (2×6) is selected, the time board displaying the current minute of the match will reach 60 minutes in 12 real minutes. For example, on the 4-th real minute of the match 20-th minute can be shown on the time board displaying the current minute of the match.

Bets offered on the outcomes of e-handball matches:

The first team will win the match (half) – “Win1”.
Draw in the match (half) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (half) – “Win2”.
The first team will not lose the match (half) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win the match (half) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the match (half) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the match (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored in the match (half) to be even (odd).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are the basis for calculation of bets made on the outcomes of e-handball matches.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The e-handball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). An e-handball match is considered completed if fully played.

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of e-handball matches offered by the provider in the Line.

Bets on E-Rugby

Bets on e-rugby matches are accepted for regular time, unless something else is specified by the organizer in the Line. The matches are held in 2×10 or 2×5 format (2 half-times each of which lasts 10 or 5 minutes respectively) according to the requirements of the current tournament. In e-rugby the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the match’s real time. For example, if 20 (2×10) minutes are set as duration time for e-rugby, the time board displaying the current time of the match will reach 80 minutes in 20 real minutes. For example, on the 2nd real minute of the match the 8 minutes can be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute.

Bets offered on the outcomes of a e–rugby matches:

In e-rugby, the handicap and total are calculated by points (with the exception of totals offered for the total number of tries).

The first team will win the match (half-time) – “Win1”.
Draw in the match (half-time) – “Draw” (“X”).
The second team will win the match (half-time) – “Win2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by the teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets: the total number of points in the match (half-time) will be even (odd).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of e-rugby matches.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The e-rugby match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). An e-rugby match is considered to be completed if fully played.

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-rugby matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Handball

The regular time of a handball match is 60 minutes (two halves: each lasts 30 minutes). In handball matches bets are accepted on regular time if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). The results registered in overtime and 7-meter penalty shootout are not taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the outcomes offered for the regular time. Handball matches can be also held in the following formats: regular time of 50 and 40 minutes with the halves lasting 25 and 20 minutes accordingly. During the matches held in these formats, the notice informing about the match format is made by the provider in the program (line).

Bets offered on the outcomes of handball matches:

The first team will win the match (half) – “Win1”.
Draw in the match (half) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (half) – “Win2”.
The first team will not lose the match (half) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win the match (half) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the match (half) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the match (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored in the match (half) to be even (odd).
Bets on the outcomes of the first half and the full match:

It is offered to predict the outcomes of the first half and the full match simultaneously. 9 betting options are available:

“Win1/Win1”- victory of the first team in both the first half and the full match.

“Win1/X”- victory of the first team in the first half and draw in the full match.

“Win1/Win2”- victory of the first team in the first half and victory of the second team in the full match.

“X/Win1”- draw in the first half and victory of the first team in the full match.

“X/X”- draw in both the first half and the full match.

“X/Win2” – draw in the first half and victory of the second team in the full match.

“Win2/Win1”- victory of the second team in the first half and victory of the first team in the full match.

“Win2/X”- victory of the second team in the first half and draw in the full match.

“Win2/Win2”- victory of the second team in both the first half and in the full match.

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as basis during calculation of bets made on the outcomes of handball matches.

The handball match (the duration of 60 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if not less than 50 minutes were fully played and the matches of the duration of 50 and 40 minutes, which have been interrupted and have not been continued or finished during 24 hours are considered completed if no less than 40 minutes (for the match with the duration of 50 minutes) and 32 minutes (for the match with the duration of 40 minutes) were fully played. In all the other cases the match is considered not completed. If the match has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of handball matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Simulated Reality Games

Simulated reality games are based on the artificial intelligence. In simulated reality games the models of participating teams (the players) represent fully real data-based simulation. All personalities, the names of teams’ game fields, competitions, championships, organizers and associations are used in descriptive form and for factual information communication. The bets can be offered for the games of those sport types, the bets on the games’ outcomes of which the organizer offers in the present regulations. Thus, for example, the bets are offered for the simulated reality games of football, basketball, tennis, ice hockey, cricket and for simulated reality games of other sport types.

The bets on the outcomes of simulated reality games offered by the organizer are the same as the bets on the outcomes of the given games’ sport types, which are represented in this regulations.

For example, in simulated reality football games the following bets can be offered:

The first team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 1”.
Draw in the match (half-time) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose the match (half-time) – “1Х”.
One of the teams will win the match (half-time) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the match (half-time) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

On the same principle the bets are offered for simulated reality games of other sport types.

The bets made on the outcomes of simulated reality games are calculated based on the calculation principle of the present regulations for the bets made on the outcomes of the given games’ sport types.

The official websites (presented in the table) are taken as basis during calculation of bets made on the outcomes of simulated reality games.

A simulated reality game, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. If the game has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). A simulated reality game is considered completed if fully played.

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of simulated reality games offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on E-Volleyball

In e-volleyball matches from 3 to 5 sets are played. The team that wins in 3 of the sets will win the match, and the team that the first reaches 25 points will win the set (in the 5th final set – 15 points) with an advantage of at least 2 points over the opponent. When the score is 24:24 (in the 5th final set – 14:14), the set (the 5th final set) is played until one of the teams reaches a 2-point advantage over the opponent.

Bets offered on the outcomes of e-volleyball matches:

In e-volleyball the handicap and total are calculated by points, except for “Sets’ Handicap” and “Sets’ Total” outcomes, which are calculated by number.

The first team will win the match (set) – “Win1”.
The second team will win the match (set) – “Win2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets: by the number of sets the first team will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
Bets: by the number of sets the second team will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by teams in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: the total number of points in the match (set) will be even (odd).
Bets on the outcomes of “Win with advantage points” in the set.
It is proposed to guess which team will win the set and with an advantage of how many offered points, for example: “Win of team 2 with an advantage of 4-6 points”.
Bets on the final score of the match (set).
It is proposed to choose the exact score registered in the final result of the match (set), according to the possible options included in the Line.

To calculate the results of e-volleyball matches, the official websites of matches, presented in the table, are used as a basis.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The e-volleyball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). An e-volleyball match is considered to be completed if fully played.

Bets on other possible outcomes in e-volleyball matches are also accepted if they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on E-UFC

E-UFC matches are conducted in the format of 3 to 5 rounds. The matches as well as the first round is considered started after the gong: the sound signal announcing the start of the first round. The matches can continue until the end of all preliminary declared rounds and they can end beforehand, conditioned by the fact of victory method taken place.

The victory methods recorded in e-UFC matches are as follows:

1. “Victory by points” – when all rounds take place, and the victory is decided by the referees, according to the points’ count.

2. “Victory by knockout” – when the knockout is recorded in the match and it ends beforehand.

3. “Victory by technical knockout” – when the technical knockout is recorded in the match and it ends beforehand.

4. “Victory by technical decision” – when the fighter receives such an injury, because of which the medical staff does not allow the fighter to continue the match or another situation, during which the winner is defined by the referees’ decision.

5. “Disqualification of a fighter or refusal to the fight” – when the fighter is disqualified for any reason or refuses to continue the match.

Except for “Victory by points” method, the victories recorded by the other methods are considered a beforehand victory.

In e-UFC matches those rounds are considered completed, which took place until the end: from the sound signal announcing the start of the previous round until the sound signal announcing the start of the next round, or, otherwise, from one gong until the next gong.

If after the start of the next round (after the sound signal) the fighter does not continue the match for any reason, it is considered that the match has ended in the previous round.

Bets offered on the outcomes of E-UFC matches :

The first fighter will win the match (round) – “Win1”
The second fighter will win the match (round) – “Win2”
Bets on the total number of rounds taken place in the match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”
Bets on the fighter’s victory method.
Bets on the beforehand victory to be recorded (not to be recorded) in the match (round).

The conducted matches’ official websites included in the table are the basis for calculation of bets made on the outcomes of e-UFC matches.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The E-UFC match, which has been interrupted for any reason and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of e-UFC matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on MMA (Mixed Martial Arts)

MMA fights are generally conducted in the format of 3 to 5 rounds. It is also possible that fights will be conducted in another format. In such cases, the notice informing about the fight format is made by the provider in the program (line). The fight as well as the first round is considered started after the gong: the sound signal announcing the start of the first round. The fights can continue until the end of all preliminary declared rounds and they can end beforehand, conditioned by the fact of victory method taken place.

The victory methods recorded in MMA fights are as follows:

1. “Victory by points” – when all rounds take place, and the victory is decided by the referees, according to the points’ count.

2. “Victory by knockout” – when the knockout is recorded in the fight and it ends beforehand.

3. “Victory by technical knockout” – when the technical knockout is recorded in the fight and it ends beforehand.

4. “Victory by technical decision” – when the fighter receives such an injury, because of which the medical staff does not allow the fighter to continue the fight or another situation, during which the winner is defined by the referees’ decision.

5. “Disqualification of a fighter or refusal to the fight”– when the fighter is disqualified for any reason or refuses to continue the fight. If the fighter’s disqualification takes place after the actual end of the fight, this fact is not taken into account during the calculation of bets made on “Win1”, “Draw” and “Win2” outcomes.

Except for “Victory by points” method, the victories recorded by the other methods are considered a beforehand victory.

In MMA fights those rounds are considered completed, which took place until the end: from the sound signal announcing the start of the previous round until the sound signal announcing the start of the next round, or, otherwise, from one gong until the next gong.

If after the start of the next round (after the sound signal) the fighter does not continue the fight for any reason, it is considered that the fight has ended in the previous round.

The preliminary declared number of rounds (the conducting format of the fight) can be changed during the fight. In these cases, the bets made on the number of rounds are calculated with the odds 1 (one) and the bets made on “Win1”, “Draw” and “Win2” outcomes remain valid.

Bets offered on the outcomes of MMA fights:

The first fighter will win the fight (round) – “Win1”
Draw in the fight (round) – “X”
If “Draw” outcome was not offered by the provider in the program (line) and the fight ended in a draw, then the bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes are subject to calculation with the odds 1(one).
The second fighter will win the fight (round) – “Win2”
Bets on the total number of rounds taken place in the fight – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”
Bets on the fighter’s victory method.
Bets on the beforehand victory to be recorded (not to be recorded) in the fight (round).

The conducted fights’ official websites included in the table are the basis for calculation of bets made on the outcomes of MMA fights.

MMA fights, which have been interrupted for technical or any other reason and have not been continued or finished during 24 hours, are considered not completed. If the fight has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the fight, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of MMA fights offered by the provider in the Line.

Bets on boxing

Boxing is conducted in up to 12 rounds format. Each round lasts for 3 minutes, in particular cases it can lasts for 2 minutes. Boxing fights can continue until the end of all preliminary declared rounds and they can end beforehand, conditioned by the fact of victory method taken place.

The victory methods recorded in boxing are as follows:

1. “Victory by points” – when all rounds take place, and the victory is decided by the referees, according to the points’ count.

2. “Victory by knockout” – when the knockout is recorded in the fight and it ends beforehand.

3. “Victory by technical knockout” – when the technical knockout is recorded in the fight and it ends beforehand.

4. “Victory by technical decision” – when the boxer receives such an injury, because of which the medical staff does not allow the boxer to continue the fight or another situation, during which the winner is defined by the referees’ decision.

5. “Disqualification of a boxer or refusal to the fight”– when the boxer is disqualified for any reason or refuses to continue the fight. If the boxer’s disqualification takes place after the actual end of the fight, this fact is not taken into account during the calculation of bets made on “Win1”, “Draw” and “Win2” outcomes.

Except for “Victory by points” method, the victories recorded by the other methods are considered a beforehand victory.

In boxing those rounds are considered completed, which took place until the end.

If after the start of the next round (after the sound signal) the boxer does not continue the fight for any reason, it is considered that the fight has ended in the previous round.

Bets offered on the outcomes of boxing fights:

The first boxer will win the fight (round) – “Win1”
Draw in the fight (round) – “X”
If “Draw” outcome was not offered by the provider in the program (line) and the fight (round) ended in a draw, then the bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes are subject to calculation with the odds 1(one).
The second boxer will win the fight (round) – “Win2”
Bets on the total number of rounds taken place in the fight – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”
Bets on the boxer’s victory method.
Bets on the beforehand victory to be recorded (not to be recorded) in the fight (round).

The conducted fights’ official websites included in the table are the basis for calculation of bets made on the outcomes of boxing fights.

The boxing fight, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. If the fight has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the fight, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of boxing fights offered by the provider in the program (line).

Bets on klask

There are no time limits for the matches of klask. A match consists of 2-3 sets. The player, who has won 2 (two) sets, wins the match, and the player who has scored 6 (six) points, wins the set.

There are 4 (four) ways for the player to score a point in the match:

1. Ball in the opponent’s goal (when the orange ball occurs in the opponent’s goal).

2. When two or three white magnetic pieces are on the opponent’s magnetic strikers (two or three white magnetic pieces stick to magnetic strikers due to magnetic energy, if only one magnetic piece sticks, the match continues).

3. When the opponent loses control of their magnetic strikers and cannot get it back (the magnetic strikers are in a horizontal position on the table and the player is not able to get them back to their initial position).

4. When the opponent’s magnetic strikers occur in his/her own goal (in this case a point is scored even when the player succeeds to get the magnetic striker out of his/her goal).

Bets offered on the outcomes of Klask matches:

In Klask, the handicap and total are calculated by points.

The first player will win the match (set) – “Win 1”.
The second player will win the match (set) – “Win 2”.
The first player will win (not lose) the match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second player will win (not lose) the match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of points scored by the player in match (set) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of points scored in the match (set) to be even (odd).
Bets on final score of the match (set).

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the match from the options available in the program (line).

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during calculation of bets made on the outcomes of klask matches.

The klask match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). A klask match is considered completed if fully played.

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of klask matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Air Hockey

There are no time limits for the matches of Air Hockey. The match consists of sets. The player, who has first won 4 (four) sets, wins the match, and the player, who has first scored 7 (seven) points, wins the set.

Matches can also be held in another format. In such cases, the notice informing about the match format is made by the organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of air hockey matches:

The first player will win the match (set) – “Win1”.
The second player will win the match (set) – “Win2”.
The first player will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second player will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by the players in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by each player in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: the total number of points in the match (set) will be even (odd).
Bets on the final score of the match (set).

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the match (set) from the options available in the Line.

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of air hockey matches.

The air hockey match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of air hockey matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Beach Soccer

The regular time for a beach soccer match is 36 minutes (3 periods – the duration of each is 12 minutes). The bets offered for the outcomes of beach soccer matches are accepted on regular time of the match, if it is not specified differently by the organizer in the Line. The results registered in overtime and 9-meters penalty shootout are not taken into account during the calculation of the bets made on the outcomes of regular time. In case of conducting a beach soccer match of another format, the notice informing about the match format is made by the organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of beach soccer matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win 1”.
Draw in the match (period) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose the match (period) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win the match (period) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the match (period) – “2X”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored in the match (period) to be even (odd).

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of beach soccer matches.

The beach soccer match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished in 24 hours, is considered completed if at least 30 minutes have been played. In other cases, the matches are considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of beach soccer matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Water Polo

The regular time for water polo matches is 32 minutes of net playing time (4 periods – the duration of each is 8 minutes). In water polo matches the bets are accepted on regular time if it is not specified differently by the organizer in the Line. The results registered in overtime and penalty shootout are not taken into account during the calculation of the bets made on the outcomes of regular time. Water polo matches can also be held in periods the duration of which is 5, 6, 7 or 8 minutes. In case of matches of these formats, the notice informing about the match format is made by the organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of water polo matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win 1”.
Draw in the match (period) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose the match (period) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win the match (period) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the match (period) – “2X”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored in the match (period) to be even (odd).

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of water polo matches.

The water polo match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of water polo matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Squash

Squash matches are held in the formats: until 3 games and until 5 games. In the games held in the format until 3 games the winner is the player who won two sets and in the games held in the format until 5 games the winner is the player who won three sets. The player who will be the first to score 11 points wins the game. If the score 10:10 is registered in the game, the game is played until one of the players obtains the advantage of two points over the opponent. Squash matches can be also held in another format. In such cases, the notice informing about the match format is made by the organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of squash matches:

In a squash match, total and handicap are calculated by points, except for the bets on total and handicap offered for the number of games.

The first player will win the match (game) – “Win1”.
The second player will win the match (game) – “Win2”.
The first player will win (not lose) the match (game) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second player will win (not lose) the match (game) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
By the number of games the first player will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
By the number of games the second player will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by the players in the match (game) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the total number of points scored individually by each player in the match – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the final score of the match (game).
Bets: the first (second) player will be the first to score the given number of points (3 points, 9 points) in the game.
Bets on the total number of points scored in the match (game) to be even (odd).

Tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis for the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of squash matches.

The squash match, which has been interrupted for any reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of squash matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Futsal

The regular time for a futsal match is 40 minutes (two halves: each lasts for 20 minutes). In futsal matches the bets are accepted on the regular time of the match if it is not specified differently by the organizer in the Line. The results registered in overtime and 6-meters penalty shootout are not taken into account during the calculation of the bets made on the outcomes offered for regular time. Futsal matches can be also held in the following format: the regular time of 50 minutes with the halves lasting for 25 minutes each (for example, the matches of the Russian Futsal Super League and Western Conference Premier League). For the matches held in this format, the notice informing about the match format is made by the organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of futsal matches:

The first team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 1”.
Draw in the match (half-time) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose the match (half-time) – “1Х”.
One of the teams will win the match (half-time) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the match (half-time) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of total”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of total”.
Bets on the total number of goals scored in match (half-time) to be even (odd).
Bets on the highest scoring half (in which half more goals will be scored).
Three betting options are available:

a) The first half will be more productive – “1 > 2” (the number of goals scored in the first half will be higher than in the second half).

b) Productivity of the halves will be equal – “1 = 2” (the equal number of goals will be scored in both halves).

c) The second half will be more productive – “1< 2” (the number of goals scored in the second half will be higher than in the first half).

Tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis for the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of futsal matches.

The futsal match (the duration of 40 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if at least 32 minutes were played. The match of the duration of 50 minutes, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if no at least 40 minutes were played. In the other cases the match is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of futsal matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

Bets on Bowls

In most bowls matches 2 sets are played. The set consists of ends. The number of ends may vary according to the format of the championship or tournament. The player (team), who has won 2 or 1.5 sets, wins the match. The player (team), who has made the most advantageous ball rolls (scored the most points) during the end, wins the set. Matches consisting of a different number of sets can also be conducted. In such cases, the specifying notice concerning the match format is made by the Organizer in the program (line). Depending on the requirements of the championship or the tournament the player or the team who first makes the specified number of advantageous ball rolls may become the winner. In case of registering draw in the match, tie-break – an additional set may be played, the winner of which becomes the match-winner. When calculating the bets made on the outcomes of the match, the results registered in tie-break are also taken into account.

Bets offered on the outcomes of bowls matches:

The first player (team) will win the match (set) – “Win 1”.
The second player (team) will win the match (set) – “Win 2”.
Draw in set – “X”.
The first player (team) will win (not lose) the match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second player (team) will win (not lose) the match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by players (teams) in the match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
The first (second) player (team) will win (not lose) match by the number of sets with the handicap taken into account.
Bets on the total number of sets played in the match – “Total over (under) of the value of bet argument”.
Bets on the total number of points scored individually by the teams (players) in match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets: the total number of points scored in match (set) will be even (odd).
Bets: which player (team) will first score the specified number of points in match (set).
Bets on the final score of match:

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the match from the options available in the program (line).

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of bowls matches.

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of bowls matches offered by the Оrganizer in the Line.

Bets on Cricket

Cricket matches consist of one or two innings (rounds) which are limited by time or number of overs. The matches consisting of one innings are limited by the number of overs. In these matches mostly 20 or 50 overs are played. Matches with a different number of overs can also be held. In such cases, the Оrganizer makes a special note in the line about the format of the match. Matches consisting of 2 innings are the highest standard (test cricket),which are limited by time and can last up to 5 days. In these matches, the team, which bats, conducts two innings.

In the final result of the match wins the team, which scores more runs. In case of equal scores, the match ends with the result “draw”. If “Draw” outcome has not been offered by the Organizer in the program (line), then the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

There may be matches when the beforehand determined number of overs is reduced because of the weather conditions. In such cases, all the bets are calculated according to the final result with D/L method.

In case registering draw in play-off series of the matches with limited overs, “Super Over” – an additional over is played to determine the winner. The results registered in this additional over are not taken into account when calculating the bets made on the other outcomes of the match.

In cricket matches the innings is considered completed and subject to a calculation in the following cases:

1. When all the batsmen are dismissed from the field.

2. When the captain declares (when the captain of the team believes that the team has scored sufficient runs for the victory) and refuses to perform the innings (innings may be refused before the start of the innings).

3. When time is expired.

4. When the number of overs has been bowled.

Bets offered on the outcomes of cricket matches:

The first team will win the match – “Win 1”.
The second team will win the match – “Win 2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of runs scored by the teams in match (over) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of runs scored by each team individually in match (over) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets: the total number of runs scored in match (over) will be even (odd).
Bets: the total number of runs scored by the first (second) team in match (over) to be even (odd).
Bets on wicket to happen (not to happen) in the specified over.
Bets: the first (second) team will register (not register) wicket in the specified over.
Bets on the 1st wicket method:

The following options are offered:

1. Bowled – if the ball delivered by the batsman hits and puts down the wicket. But before putting down the wicket the ball should not touch anyone of the referees or the players except the ones who are in the role of batsmen.

2. Caught – when the batsman hits the ball and it is caught by the fielder before it hits the ground. Before catching the ball, it should not touch anything outside the boundaries of the field and the player who catches the ball must be completely in the field – i.e. not even a part of his/her body may be outside the field.

3. LBW (leg before wicket) – when the thrown ball will have hit the wicket if it hasn’t touched any part of the batsman’s body (except the hand holding the bat).

4. Run out – when the fielders put down the wicket while the batsman is out of his/her zone.

5. Stumped – when the wicket keeper puts the wicket down while the batsman is out of his/her zone and doesn’t attempt to make a run.

6. “Other method”:

Bets: which of the teams will gain the most match sixes (6s) or fours (4s).
Bets on the number of registered sixes by the first (second) team) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of runs scored by the first (second) team in specified overs – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets: to win the toss (according to the toss the captain of which team will decide whether to bat or bowl first).
Bets: which of the teams will win in the result of the first 6 (or any other specified number) overs.

If “Draw” outcome has not been offered in the program (line) by the Organizer, but draw is registered as a result of 6 overs, then the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets: any team to score (not to score) 50 and more (100 and more) runs:

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of cricket matches.

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of cricket matches offered by the Organizer in the Line.

Further you can find the descriptions for the most common terms and situations in cricket:

Toss is the flipping of a coin to determine which captain will have the right to choose whether their team will bat or field at the start of the match.

Wickets are sets of three stumps and two bails in each, that are allocated at two ends of the pitch. The attacking team is trying to take over the opponent’s wicket, while batting team is trying to defend their wicket.
Run is the distance between two ends of the pitch. It is also a unit of points that the team receives for successfully reaching from one side of the pith to the other.
Over is series of 6 ball deliveries performed by the bowling team
Tie – the tie result can be recorded in case both teams score the equal number of runs. For that, both teams should finish their innings. This case is very rare for the test cricket. In case the matches with the limited number of innings finish with tie result, the teams play Super Over. If Super Over finishes with tie result as well, the team with most six runs wins.
Super Over is a tie breaking method used in cricket matches with limited number of overs, where both teams play an additional over (six balls) to determine the winner of the match.
Draw – the draw result can be recorded in Test cricket if one of the teams doesn’t manage to finish the inning in a set time.
No result – the result can be recorded in matches with the limited number of innings, in case the match is interrupted because of the poor weather conditions.
Sixes or Six runs refers to the situation when the ball, hit by the batsman, passes over the boundary in the air without touching the ground.
Fours or four runs are scored if the ball, hit by the batsman, bounces, or rolls along the ground, before touching or going over the edge of the field. 
The Toss is the flipping of a coin to determine which captain will have the right to choose whether their team will bat or field at the start of the match.
Dismissal refers to the situation when the batsman’s period of batting is brought to an end by the opposing team. It is also known as the batsman being out, the batting side losing a wicket, and the fielding side taking a wicket. These are the common ways of dismissal: Bowled, Caught, Leg Before Wicket (LBW), Run Out, Stumped, etc.
Run Out (way of dismissal) refers to the situation when the batsman doesn’t manage to finish the run before the opponent team takes the wicket
Duck refers to the situation when the batsman leaves the field without scoring any run.
Extras are runs, scored by a batting team which are not credited to any particular player. There are five types of extras: Wide, Bye, Leg Bye, No- ball and Penalty Run.

Wide (wide ball) refers to the situation when batsman doesn’t manage to hit the ball because a delivery bowled by a bowler is not within his reach.
Bye refers to the situation when the ball passes the batsman without touching his bat or body.
Leg Bye refers to the situation when the batsman doesn’t manage to hit the ball with the bat, but the ball hits the batsman’s body or protective gear.
No- ball refers to the situation when the bowler delivers the ball with the rules’ violation (the bowler oversteps the crease, touches the crease with the back foot, bowls underarm, the ball touches the ground more than once before reaching the crease, etc.)
Penalty Run is awarded for unfair play or player conduct.

DLS (Duckworth-Lewis-Stern) method is a mathematical system for calculating possible final scores and reach outcomes in the matches with limited number of overs, which were interrupted because of rain.

The DLS sets targets (and decides outcomes) by calculating how many runs teams should score (and would have scored) if the resources available to both sides were equal.

To calculate a target, the formula may simply be expressed by the formulas:

If Team 2’s resources are less than Team 1’s, then we reduce the target for Team 2 using the equation:

Team 2’s par score = Team 1’s score x (Team 2’s resources/Team 1’s resources).

If Team 2 has more resources than Team 1, then we increase the run target using the following formula:
Team 2’s par score = Team 1’s score + G50 * (Team 2’s resources– Team 1’s resources)/100, where:
* G50 – Average score expected from the team batting first.
Given the extra resources, the formula asks what additional score could we expect? The value of G50 will depend on the level of competition. In this case, DLS calculator has a default of 245 runs, which applies to international and county cricket. Based on past results, this value can be updated.

If both teams’ resources are the same, then no adjustment in the run target for Team 2 is required.

The following bets are offered for cricket events:

Result

Result: it is offered to predict which team will be the match winner. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: victory of Team 1
Win 2: victory of Team 2
X: the match ends in a draw

Double Chance

Double Chance: it is offered to predict two possible match outcomes simultaneously, and if one of the outcomes is predicted correctly, the bet will be calculated as won. The following betting options are available:

1X: the match ends with either team 1 victory or a draw.
12: the match ends with victory of either team 1 or team 2.
X2: the match ends with either team 2 victory or a draw.

Draw No Bet

Draw No Bet: It is offered to predict one of the team՛s victories; however, if match ends in a draw, the bet will be refunded. The following betting options are available:

Team 1: the match ends with team 1 victory. In case of draw, the bet will be refunded.
Team 2: the match ends with team 2 victory. In case of draw, the bet will be refunded.

Total

Total: it is offered to predict if the total number of points scored in the match will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

To Win The Toss

To Win The Toss: it is offered to predict which of the teams’ captains will win the coin toss.

Super Over

Super Over: it is offered to predict whether Super Over will be recorded during the match.

Team 1/Team 2 Total Runs, Over

Team 1/Team 2 Total Runs, Over: it is offered to predict if the number of runs in the mentioned over will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

The example:

Let us review the following bet: Team 1 Total Runs, Over (5): Under 10.5. The bet will win if Team 1 scores up to 10 runs during the 5-th over.

Team 1/Team 2 Total Runs Odd/Even, Over

Team 1/Team 2 Total Runs Odd/Even, Over: it is offered to predict if the number of runs in the mentioned over will be an odd or even number.

The example:

Let us review the following bet: Team 1 Total Runs, Over (4): Even. The bet will win if Team 1 scores an even number of runs during the 4-th over.

Team 1/Team 2 Wicket, Over

Team 1/Team 2 Wicket, Over: it is offered to predict if the number of times the wickets have been hit by the team is over or under the selected value of bet argument.

X Inning: Team 1/Team 2 Dismissal Method - 2 Way (Caught/Not Caught)

X Inning: Team 1/Team 2 Dismissal Method – 2 Way (Caught/Not Caught): it is offered to predict the way the batsman will be dismissed from the mentioned inning. The following betting options are available:

 Caught

 Not Caught

Example 1:

Let us review the following bet: 1st Inning Team 2 Dismissal Method – 2 Way (Not Caught). The bet will win if the batsman of the 2nd team is dismissed from the 1st inning in any way except the Caught.

Example 2:

Let us review the following bet: 2nd Inning Team 1 Dismissal Method – 2 Way (Caught). The bet will win if the batsman of the 1st team is dismissed from the second inning in the way Caught.

Team 1/Team 2 Total Sixes, Over

Team 1/Team 2 Total Sixes, Over: it is offered to predict if the number of six point hits performed by the team is over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Highest 1st 6 Overs Score: Team 1/Team 2

Highest 1st 6 Overs Score: Team 1/Team 2: it is offered to predict which team will collect more points during the first 6 overs.

Most Run Outs

Most Run Outs: it is offered to predict which of the teams will get more run outs.

Most Match Fours

Most Match Fours: it is offered to predict which of the teams will get more “fours”.

Most Match Sixes

Most Match Sixes: it is offered to predict which of the teams will get more “sixes”.

Total Match Fours

Total Match Fours: it is offered to predict if the total number of Fours, scored by the teams will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total Match Sixes

Total Match Sixes: it is offered to predict if the total number of Sixes, scored by the teams will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total Run Outs

Total Run Outs: it is offered to predict if the total number of run outs, recorded during the match will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total Ducks

Total Ducks: it is offered to predict if the total number of Ducks, recorded during the match will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total Wickets

Total Wickets: it is offered to predict if the total number of wickets hit by the teams will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total Wides

Total Wides: it is offered to predict if the total number of wides, recorded during the match will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total Byes

Total Byes: it is offered to predict if the total number of Byes, recorded during the match will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total Leg Byes

Total Leg Byes: it is offered to predict if the total number of Leg Byes, recorded during the match will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total No Balls

Total No Balls: it is offered to predict if the total number of Balls, recorded during the match will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

Total Extras

Total Extras: it is offered to predict if the total number of Wides, Byes, Leg Byes, No- balls and Penalty runs will be over or under the selected value of bet argument.

To Qualify for the Final

To Qualify for the Final: it is offered to predict if the team on which the bet is made will be qualified for the final stage of the tournament.

To Qualify for the ½ Final

To Qualify for the ½ Final: it is offered to predict if the team on which the bet is made will be qualified for the semi-final stage of the tournament.

Bets on Cybersport

In Cybersport online games two teams compete, and depending on the format of the game each team consists mainly of 1 (one), 2 (two), 3 (three) or 5 (five) players.

The following types of online games are included in Cyber Sports: Counter Strike: Global Offensive, Counter Strike 1.6, Dota 2, Overwatch, Rainbow 6, Starcraft: Brood War, Starcraft 2, Valorant, Warcraft 3, Fortnite, Hearthstone, League of Legends, Rocket League, Arena of Valor, King of Glory, Quake, Call of Duty, Heroes of the Storm, Mortal Combat, Smite.

Bets on the outcomes of the above-mentioned types of the games are calculated taking into account extra round/overtime, unless otherwise is specified by the Organizer in the Line or provided in accordance with the official conduct of the online games.

In Cybersport online games if draw is registered and “Draw” outcome is not offered by the Organizer in the Line, the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Cybersport online games can consist of both one and several rounds/ maps. Their number is determined by the official procedure of conducting online game and the current stage of the ongoing tournament (championship). The matches are mainly held in the following formats: the best of 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11. The winner of the game or tournament (championship) is the team that wins the most rounds/ maps than the opponent. To win in the format the best of 1 – 1 win is necessary, in the format the best of 2 and the best of 3 – 2 wins (in the format the best of 2 “draw” can also be registered), in the format the best of 5 – 3 wins, in the format the best of 7 – 4 wins, in the format the best of 9 – 5 wins, in the format the best of 11 – 6 wins.

The format of conducting the game can also be changed during Cybersport online games. In such cases, the notice informing about the possible change of the game format is made by the organizer in the Line (the number of upcoming maps, rounds, etc. can be changed). In this case, all bets are subject to calculation according to the final result.

In Cybersport online games, if one of the teams (players) reaches the play-off with an advantage of 1 (one) point over the opponent, then in the final the game starts with an advantage of 1 (one) map for the team that has previously acquired an advantage of 1 (one) point over the opponent. In this case, the first map of the final round is considered to be the first played map in the final.

In case of an official renaming of any of the teams in Cybersport for any reason, all bets remain valid.

In Cybersport online game, when calculating the offered outcomes for time (minute) the seconds are rounded to the minutes. E.g. if a bet was made that the 1st map would last less than 32 minutes, and in the 1st map the game ended at 32 minutes 12 seconds after the start, then it is considered that the game lasted 33 minutes in the 1st map, therefore, the bet is lost.

The bets offered on the outcomes of Cybersport online games:

The first team (player) will win the game (map, round) – “Win1”.
The second team (player) will win the game (map, round)– “Win2”.
The first team will win (not lose) with the number of the maps (rounds) taken into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) with the number of the maps (rounds) taken into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of maps (rounds) in the game – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets on the number of maps in the game:

It is offered to select the precise score registered as a result of the victories in maps from the options available in the Line.

Bets: which team (player) will first kill (first blood) in the game (map, round).
Bets: which team (player) will kill the most in the game (map, round).
Bets: which team (player) will kill the most in the game (map, round) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
Bets on which team (player) will kill most in the game (map, round) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on the total number of kills made in the game (map, round) “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: which team (player) in the match (map, round) will be the first to commit the given number of kills.
Bets: the number of kills in the game (map, round) will be even (odd).
Bets on the number of heroes (“Barons”,” Dragons”,” Roshan”, etc.) killed by the teams (players) in the game (map, round) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: which team (player) will kill the first Baron (Dragon, Roshan, Tiran, etc.) in the game (map, round).
Bets on the number of “Towers” (“Barracks “,” Inhibitors”) broken by the teams (players) in the game (map, round) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: which team (player) will break the first “Tower” (Barrack, “Inhibitor”) in the game (map, round).
Bets on the total number of minutes played in the game (map, round) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.
Bets: whether overtime will be (will not be) in the game (map, round).

The official websites of the championships and tournaments presented in the table are taken as the basis for calculating the results of Cybersport online games. In the absence of the necessary information on the official website, the video recordings of the games are taken as the basis for calculating bets on the outcomes of the game.

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of Cybersport online game offered by the Organizer in the Line.

Bets on E-American Football

The bets made on the outcomes of e-American football matches are accepted taking into account both the regular time, and also the overtime. In such cases, when the calculation of the bets made on the offered outcomes is done taking into account the overtime, the Organizer makes a special note in the Line.

The matches are held in 4×15 and 4×3 format (4 rounds 15 minutes each, and accordingly 4 rounds 3 minutes each).

In e-American football, the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the matches’ real time. For example, if the format of e-American football is selected 12 minutes (4×3), the time board displaying the current minute will reach 30 minutes in 6 real minutes (pure time). Thus, for example, on the real 4-th minute of the match the 20 minutes may be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute.

Depending on the requirements of the match only the real minute may be shown in the Line. In that case, the note informing about the match format is made by the Organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of E-American football matches:

In an e-American football match, total and handicap are calculated by points.

The first team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win1”.
Draw in the match (half-time, quarter) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap “Handicap 2”
Bets on the total number of points scored by the teams in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) the total value”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by each team individually in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the total value”.
Bets: the total number of points scored by the teams in the match (half-time) will be even (odd).

The official websites of the Championships presented in the table are taken as a basis for calculating the results of e-American football matches.

The e-American football match that has been interrupted and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 50 minutes have been played according to the displayed play time. In other cases, the matches are considered not completed. The outcomes of the matches, that are considered to be interrupted and not completed, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in e-American football matches are also accepted and will be offered by the Organizer in the Line.

Bets on E-Australian Football

The bets made on the outcomes of e-Australian football matches are calculated taking into account the regular time of the match.

The matches are held in 4×20 and 4×2,5 format (4 rounds 20 minutes each, and accordingly 4 rounds 2,5 minutes each). The women’s championships take place in 4×15 format.

In e-Australian football, the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the matches’ real time. For example, if the format of e-Australian football is selected 10 minutes (4×2,5), the time board displaying the current minute will reach 40 minutes in 5 real minutes (pure time). Thus, for example, on the 2nd real minute of the match the 16 minutes may be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute.

Depending on the requirements of the match only the real minute may be shown in the Line. In that case, the note informing about the match format is made by the Organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of E-Australian football matches:

In an e-Australian football match, total and handicap are calculated by points.

When calculating the totals of 6-point goals and 1-point behinds, the number of goals and behinds is taken as the basis and not the points.

The first team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win1”.
Draw in the match (half-time, quarter) – “X”.
The second team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”
Bets on the total number of points scored by the teams in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) the total value”.
Bets on the total number of points scored by each team individually in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) the total value”.
Bets: the total number of points scored in the match (half-time) will be even (odd).

The official websites of the Championships presented in the table are taken as a basis for calculating the results of e- Australian football matches.

The e-Australian football match that has been interrupted and has not been continued or completed within 8 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 65 minutes have been played. In the case of Women’s Championships (with the format 4×15) the match is considered to have taken place, if at least 50 minutes have been played. In the other cases, the matches are considered not completed. The outcomes of the matches, that are considered interrupted and not completed, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match are subject to calculation and the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in e-Australian football matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the Organizer in the Line.

Bets on Wrestling

In wrestling, bets are accepted on the following two types: Greco-Roman and Freestyle wrestling.

Wrestling match is held in a format of 2 (two) periods, each period lasts 3 (three) minutes respectively, depending on the terms of a conducted championship the period may also last 2 (two) minutes. In such cases, the organizer makes a special mark in the Line about the format of the match.

A wrestling match may last up to the end of the declared periods or end earlier due to the fact of the method of victory in the match (premature victory). In such cases the match is considered as completed and the bets offered for the match are subject to calculation based on the final result, except for the cases when the match ends prematurely during the first period, the bets for the results of the second period are calculated with odds of “1” (one).

A premature victory is fixed in a wrestling match if:

1. the wrestler pushes and holds the opponent’s shoulders on the ring mat for the settled time (according to the tournament’s requirements);

2. the opponent wins due to the disqualification of the wrestler during the match;

3. the wrestler is unable to continue the match for any reason, and technical victory/loss is fixed by the referee;

4. In case of freestyle wrestling, when one of the wrestlers receives 10 (ten)-point advantage over the opponent, and in case of Greco-Roman style wrestling, when one of the wrestlers receives 8 (eight)-point advantage over the opponent․

In case of premature victory, the match is considered as completed, and the bets are calculated as mentioned above.

In wrestling, except for the “Victory by points” method, (when 2 (two) periods are fully completed), the victories by all other methods are considered a premature victory.

The wrestling match is considered started after the referee’s signal.

If the match doesn’t take place in case of disqualification or an injury received by the wrestler before the beginning of the match, all of the bets for the match result are calculated with odds of «1» (one)․ The bets for the match winning result remain valid. After the participants of the final tour are known, the bets made for the result “the winner of the match and/or the tournament” are subject to calculation with odds of «1» (one) if the final fight doesn’t take place and the winner of the tournament or the match is determined without the match being held. The bets for the outcome “winner of the tournament” remain valid until the participants of the final tour are known.

In wrestling the period is considered completed if it was held up to the end.

Only the periods that have been fully completed are taken into account when calculating the bets on the number of periods. The bets made for the result of the period (in which the premature victory was registered) are subject to calculation, and the bets for the results of the periods that have not taken place are calculated with odds of «1» (one)․ The wrestler who has won the fight prematurely is also considered a winner of the period regardless of the points gap at that moment․

If after the start of the next period the wrestler refuses to continue the match for any reason, it is considered that the match has ended in the previous period.

Bets offered on the outcomes of wrestling matches:

– The first wrestler will win the match (period) – “Win1”;

– Draw in the period – “Draw” (X).

If “Draw” outcome was not offered by the organizer in the Line and the period ended in a draw, then the bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes of period are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one);

– The second wrestler will win the match (period) – “Win2”;

– Bets on the total number of periods in the match – “Total over (under) of the total value”;

– Bets on the method of victory fixed in the match;

– Bets: a premature victory will be (will not be) in the match.

To calculate the results of wrestling matches, the official sites of matches, shown in the table, are used as a basis.

A wrestling match, which has been interrupted for any reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in wrestling matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

Biathlon

Biathlon is one of the most challenging winter sports that combines cross-country skiing and rifle shooting. Every time the target is missed the biathlete either gets an additional time or distance penalty.

Competition formats

The main competition formats of Biathlon are individual, sprint, pursuit, relay, and mass start.

Individual

In Individual type of biathlon men overcome a distance of 20 km, and women 15 km. There are four shooting stages. For each missed target the player gets one minute penalty time. The winner is the player who completes the race in the shortest possible time (including misses).

Sprint

The sprint is 10 km for men and 7.5 km for women. There are two shooting stages. For each missed shot, a penalty loop of 150 m must be skied. The winner is the player who completes the race in the shortest possible time.

Pursuit

Pursuit begins based on the results of sprint. In Pursuit format the distance of the race that the biathletes should ski is 12.5 km for men and 10 km for women. There are four shooting stages. Each missed shot means a penalty loop of 150 m. The winner is the player who comes to finish first.

Relay

The Relay teams consist of four biathletes. Biathlon tournaments can be conducted in mixed relay format where 2 men and 2 women participate in each team. Each man participant skies 7.5 km and woman – 6 km. There are two shooting stages for each biathlete. There are 3 additional shots for each stage which are provided in case the biathletes have missed target(s). If after eight shots there are missed target(s), a penalty loop of 150 m must be taken for each missed one. The winner is the team that finishes the race first.

Mass start

In Mass start the top first 30 or 60 biathletes participate. The race distance is 15 km for men and 12.5 km for women. There are four shooting stages. The biathletes must ski a 150 m penalty loop for each missed shot. The winner is the player who comes to finish first.

Bet types

In Biathlon the following outcomes are offered:

Winner – it is offered to predict a certain player/ team to be the winner of the race.
The following betting options are available:

X Player/ Team: Yes
X Player/ Team: No

1-3 places – it is offered to predict a certain player/ team to be in top three.
The following betting options are available:

X Player/ Team: Yes
X Player/ Team: No

1-6 places – it is offered to predict a certain player/ team to be in top six.
The following betting options are available:

X Player/ Team: Yes
X Player/ Team: No

1-10 places – it is offered to predict a certain player/ team to be in top ten.
The following betting options are available:

X Player/ Team: Yes
X Player/ Team: No

Head to Head – it is offered to predict the player/ team who will take a higher place than the opponent.
The following betting options are available:

Player/ Team 1
Player/ Team 2

Leader After 1st shooting stage – it is offered to predict a certain player/ team to be the leader after the 1st shooting stage.

The following betting option is available:

X Player/ Team: Yes
X Player/ Team: No

1st (2nd, 3rd, 4th) Shooting stage Total Missed – it is offered to predict the total number of the shots missed by a certain player after the 1st (2nd, 3rd, 4th) shooting stage.

The following betting options are available:

X Player: Over
X Player: Under

1st (2nd, 3rd, 4th) Shooting stage Total Hits – it is offered to predict the total number of the succeeded shots for a certain player after the 1st (2nd, 3rd, 4th) shooting stage.

The following betting options are available:

X Player: Over
X Player: Under

1st (2nd, 3rd) Exchange – it is offered to predict the team that first will perform the first (second, third) changeover.

The following betting options are available:

X Team: Yes
X Team: No

1st (2nd, 3rd) exchange head to head – it is offered to predict one of two teams that first will perform the first (second, third) changeover.

Team 1
Team 2

Simulated reality tennis

Simulated reality tennis offered by LSports provider represents the simulation of real tennis matches. The simulation of the matches is based on the data of ever played real tennis matches.
The number of simulated reality tennis matches offered monthly can vary from 9000 until 15 000 events.

The logic of simulated reality tennis

For example, the bets are offered on the simulated reality tennis match Marlos Xoya – Xei Aishikori:

The match participants’ names are fictional, however the match scenario is based on the real tennis match that took place. The real information of the match (participants’ names, dates, and time) will be disclosed to the players after the end of the match, which allows them to additionally confirm the results. For example, after the match is completed, it will be disclosed that the match was an identical simulation of the original match Novak Djokovic – Rafael Nadal, which was played on 12.01.2020, 13:50 (UTC). Thus, the players are provided with an opportunity to find the records of the original match and double-check the results.

The original match details can be viewed in the Results section of the website when the game is over:

The format of simulated reality tennis matches

In simulated reality tennis matches one set is played. The duration of the set varies. There are 4 formats, however the main format is Match of 1 set (one full set):

	Simulated games. Best of 5	Simulated games. Best of 7	Simulated games. Best of 9	Simulated games. Match of one set
Match Winner	First to 3	First to 4	First to 5	First to 6
Deciding game draw	2-2, Playing until 4	3-3, Playing until 5	4-4, Playing until 6	5-5, Playing until 7
Tiebreak	At 3-3	At 4-4	At 5-5	At 6-6

The following markets are offered for simulated reality tennis:

Match Winner
Game Winner
Over/Under (Games)
Point Winner
To break Serve
Games Handicap

In LIVE section, simulated reality tennis is located under Tennis menu in the list of sport types:

The players are able to track the match progress in Live Info widget:

E-Football

The bets offered on the outcomes of e-football videogames:

The first team will win in the videogame (half) – “Win 1”.
Draw in the videogame (half) – “X”.
The second team will win team in the videogame (half) – “Win 2”.
The first team will not lose the videogame (half) – “1X”.
One of the teams will win the videogame (half) – “12”.
The second team will not lose the videogame (half) – “X2”.
The first team will win (not lose) the videogame (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.
The second team will win (not lose) the videogame (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the videogame (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the videogame (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on the first (the second) team to score (not to score) a goal in the videogame (half).

Bets on the both teams to score (not to score) a goal in the videogame (half).
Bets on total number of goals scored in the videogame (half) to be even (odd).
Bets on final score of videogame.

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the videogame from the options available in the program (line).

Bets: which team will score the first (the second or the next) goal in the videogame (half).

The official websites of videogames included in the table are the basis for the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of e-football videogames.

The interruption of the videogame’s stream and defects of the game graphics caused by technical or any other reasons are not the basis for bet calculation with the odds “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the videogame is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).
An e-football videogame, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. If the videogame has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the videogame, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). An e-football videogame is considered completed if fully played.

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-football videogames offered by the provider in the program (line).

Kabbadi

Kabaddi, also spelled kabbadi or kabadi, is a game played between two teams on opposite halves of a field or court. Individual players take turns crossing onto the other team’s side; points are scored by tagging as many opponents as possible without being caught or taking a breath before returning to one’s home territory. Each team consists of 7 players.

The following bets are offered for Kabaddi sport:

Result

Result: it is offered to predict, which team will be the match winner. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: victory of team 1.
X: the match ends in a draw.
Win 2: victory of team 2.

Double chance

1X: the match ends with either team 1 victory or a draw.
12: the match ends with victory of either team 1 or team 2.
X2: the match ends with either victory of team 2 or a draw.

The example:

If the match ends with the score 45:45, then the bets 1X and X2 will be calculated as won, and the bet 12 will be lost.

Handicap

Handicap: handicap is the advantage or disadvantage in points which is attributed to a team. The team, on which the bet is made, must become the winner of the match after the handicap adjustments are performed.

Positive: in this handicap type, the team, on which the bet is made, must become the winner of the match after the advantage of points, the number of which is defined as the handicap argument, is added to the team’s final score.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 2 (2). The bet is made on team 2, and “2” is the handicap argument. For this bet to be calculated as won, team 2 must be the winner of the match after we add the advantage of 2 points to its final score. Let us review three possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 53:52. When we add the advantage of 2 points to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 53:54. In this case, the bet is won, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, team 2 is the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score 53:50. When we add the advantage of 2 points to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 53:52. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the adjustment of handicap advantage, team 2 is not the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score 53:51. When we add the advantage of 2 points to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 53:53. In this case, the bet is refunded, as after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, the score becomes a draw.

Negative: in this handicap type, the team, on which the bet is made, must become the winner of the match after the number of points defined by the value of handicap argument is subtracted from the team’s final score.

The example:

The bet: handicap 1(-2): The bet is made for team 1, and “-2” is the handicap argument. For the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner of the match after we subtract 2 points from its final score. Let us review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 54:51. When we subtract 2 points from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 52:51. In this case, the bet is won, as after the handicap adjustments, team 1 is still the winner of the match.
The match ended with the score 52:51. When we subtract 2 points from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 50:51. In this case, the bet is lost, as after the handicap adjustments, team 1 is not the winner of the match any more.
The match ended with the score 54:52. When we subtract 2 points from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 52:52. In this case, the bet is refunded, as after the handicap adjustments, the score becomes a draw.

Asian Handicap

Asian Handicap: in this bet type, the value of handicap argument is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (which means that it can be divided by 0.25 without a remainder). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc. When you make Asian Handicap bet, your bet amount is automatically divided into two equal bets with the same odds, however, with two different bet arguments. Here, the argument of one bet will be the number, which is received, when we add 0.25 to the general argument value. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after we subtract 0.25 from the argument value.

The example:

The bet is Handicap 2 (1.75) with the odds 3. The bet is made for team 2, and “1.75” is the bet argument here. Let us suppose that the bet amount was 100; it means that the bet is divided into two bets:

Handicap 2 (1.5), with the bet amount 50 and the odds 3(the bet argument here: 1.75-0.25)

Handicap 2 (2), with the bet amount 50 and the odds 3(the bet argument here: 1.75+0.25)

Therefore, we received two ordinary handicap bets, and the calculation will be performed on the outcomes of these two bets. Let us now review the possible calculation options of this bet:

The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely won. It means that two bets: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2) will be won. For instance, with the score 50:49, both bets will be won. In order to calculate winning amount, the general bet amount is multiplied by the bet odds. The bet amount is 100, and the odd is 3. Therefore, the won amount is 100×3=300.
The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely lost. It means that two bets: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2) will be lost. For instance, with the score 53:50, both bets will be lost.
The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is partially lost and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets will be lost, and the other one will be refunded. For instance, with the score 52:50, the bet Handicap 2(2) will be refunded and the bet Handicap 2 (1.5) will be lost. In this case, the refunded amount will be equal to the half of general bet amount. The general bet amount is 100, so the refunded amount will be 50.

Now, let us review the example of Asian handicap bet, which is calculated as partially won and partially refunded:

The bet is Handicap 2 (0.25) with the odds 2, the bet amount is 200. The bet is made for team 2 and “0.25” is the bet argument. It means that the bet is divided into two bets:

Handicap 2 (0.5),with the bet amount of 100 and the odds 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25+0.25)

Handicap 2(0),with the bet amount of 100 and the odds 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25-0.25)

Let us suppose that the match ended with the score 50-50. Then, this bet will be calculated as partially won and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets is settled as won, and the other as refunded. In this case, the bet: Handicap 2 (0.5) will be settled as won, and the bet Handicap 2 (0) will be settled as refunded. The winning amount is calculated according to the following formula:

bet amount × (odds+1)÷2

Thus, if we calculate the bet amount, it will be 200 × (2+1)÷2=300.

Total

Total: it is offered to predict if the total number of scored points will be over or under the selected value of bet argument. The following betting options are available.

Total over: the number of points must exceed the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of points and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet is refunded.

The example:

The bet: total over (45). In this bet, “45” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of points scored in the match must be over 45. In case the total number of points equals to 45, the bet will be refunded.

Total under: the number of points must be lower than the selected value of bet argument. In case the total number of points and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: total under (45). In this bet, “45” is the bet argument. Therefore, for the bet to be won, the total number of points scored in the match must be lower than 45. In case the total number of points equals to 45, the bet will be refunded.

Asian Total

Asian total: in this type of bet for total, the value of bet argument is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (which means that it can be divided by 0.25 without a remainder). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc. When you make an Asian Total bet, your bet amount is automatically divided into two equal bets with the same odds, however with two different total arguments. Here, the argument of one bet will be the number, which is received, after we add 0.25 to the argument value. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after we subtract 0.25 from the argument value.

The example:

The bet: Total over (90.75) with the odds 2.5. Here “0.75” is the bet argument. Let us suppose that the bet amount was 200. Therefore, we receive two ordinary bets on total:

Total over (91) with the bet amount of 100 and the odds 2.5 (the bet argument here is 90.75+0.25)

Total over (90.5) with the bet amount of 100 and the odds 2.5 (the bet argument here is 90.75-0.25)

Therefore, we received two ordinary total bets, and the calculation will be performed on the outcomes of these two bets. Let us review the possible calculation options of this bet:

The bet total over (90.75) is completely won. It means that two bets: Total over (91) and Total over (90.5) must be settled as won. For instance, in case of the match score: 46:46, both bets will be settled as won. In order to calculate the winning amount, the general bet amount is multiplied by the bet’s odds. In this case, 200 × 2.5=500.
The bet total over (90.75) is completely lost. It means that two bets: Total over (91) and Total over (90.5) must be settled as lost. For instance, in case of the match score 45:45, both bets will be settled as lost. In this case, the player loses the bet amount.
The bet total over (0.75) is partially won and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets must be settled as won and the other as refunded. For instance, in case of match score 45:46, the bet: Total over (90.5) will be settled as won and the bet: Total over (1) will be settled as refunded. The winning amount here is calculated according to the following formula:

bet amount × (odds+1 )÷ 2

Thus, if we calculate the bet amount, it will be 200 × (2.5+1) ÷2=350.

Now let us review the example of Asian total, which will be calculated as partially lost and partially refunded.

The bet: total under (91.75) with the odds 1.5. Here “91.75” is the bet argument. Let us suppose that the bet amount is 300. Therefore, we receive two ordinary bets on total:

Total under (92) with the bet amount of 150 and the odds 1.5 (the bet argument here is 91.75+0.25)

Total under (91.5) with the bet amount of 150 and the odds 1.5 (the bet argument here is 91.75-0.25)

Let us suppose that the match ended with the score 47:45. Then, this bet will be calculated as partially lost and partially refunded. In this case, the bet: Total under (91.5) will be settled as lost, and the bet: Total under (92) will be settled as refunded. In this case, the user will be refunded half of the general bet amount. The general bet amount was 300, so the refunded amount will be 150.

Total Odd/Even

Total Odd/Even: it is offered to predict if the total number of points scored in the match will be an even or an odd number. The following betting options are available.

Even: the total number of points scored in the match will be even.
Odd: the total number of points scored in the match will be odd.

Virtual Sport

Football bets of Virtual Sports are now available also in our Sportsbook. The players can make Pre-match and Live bets on virtual football games right from the Sports page.

From the offered sport types click on the Virtual Sport to see all of the events:

Now you can select the desired match and see the odds for all of the offered markets:

The live stream of the events is available in Live TV section:

Note: if you want to activate the live streaming for Virtual football matches you can create an appropriate change request. The streaming provider will be added to your project and the players will be able to watch the games on the Sports page.

You can click on the appropriate odds to add the outcome to the bet slip and make a single, multi or system bet:

Note: you can combine bets on virtual sport events with real sport events in the same multi or system bet.

Once the bet has been made, you can monitor it in the appropriate sections of BE Client admin panel.

Note: All of the sport bonuses and features activated for your project will be available for the Virtual sport bets as well.

You can configure the list of the events which will be displayed on the Sportsbook page in Priority Management module of our sportsbook admin panel. You can find detailed information about managing the sportsbook content displayed on the website in our Priority Management article.

E-Tennis

The bets offered on the outcomes of E-Tennis videogames:

The first tennis player (pair) will win in the videogame (set/ game) – “Win1”.
The second tennis player (pair) will win in the videogame (set/ game) – “Win2”.
The first tennis player (pair) will win (not lose) the videogame (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap1”.
The second tennis player (pair) will win (not lose) the videogame (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap2”.
Bets on total number of games in the videogame (set) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.
Bets on total number of games in the videogame (set) to be even or (odd).
Bets on results of the first set and the whole videogame:

Predict the result of both the first set and the whole videogame simultaneously. The following 4 betting options are available:

“Win1 Win1” – victory of the first tennis player (pair) both in the first set and the whole videogame.
“Win1 Win2” – victory of the first tennis player (pair) in the first set and victory of the second tennis player (pair) in the whole videogame.
“Win2 Win1” – victory of the second tennis player (pair) in the first set and victory of the first tennis player (pair) in the whole videogame.
“Win2 Win2” – victory of the second tennis player (pair) both in the first set and the whole videogame.

Bets on final score of videogame (set):

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the videogame (set) from the options available in the program (line).

Bets on tie-break to happen (not to happen).
Bets: Who will score the next point.

The official websites of videogames included in the table are the basis for the calculation made on the outcomes of E-Tennis videogames.

The interruption of the videogame’s stream and the defects of the game graphics caused by technical or other reasons are not the basis for bet calculation with the odds “1” (one).

E-Tennis videogame, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered not completed. If the videogame has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets (also the ones made on statistical data), the outcomes of which have already been determined at the time of their interruption and do not depend on the final result of the videogame, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

E-Tennis videogame is considered completed, if fully played.

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of E-Tennis videogames offered by the provider on the program (line).

Login

Bets on football

Bets on ice hockey

Bets on basketball

Bets on tennis

Bets on volleyball and beach volleyball

Bets on baseball

Bets on snooker

Bets on badminton

Bet on bandy

Bets on field hockey

Bets on table tennis

Bets on table soccer (football)

Bets on rugby (Rugby League and Rugby Union)

Bets on American football

Bets on Australian football

Bet on curling

Bets on darts

Bets on E-basketball

Bets on E- football

Bets on E- hockey

Bets on E- tennis

Bets on floorball

Bets on E-baseball

Bets on E-Floorball

Bets on E-handball

Bets on E-rugby

Bets on handball

Bets on simulated reality games

Bets on E-volleyball

Bets on E-UFC

Bets on MMA (Mixed Martial Arts)

Bets on Boxing

Bets on Klask

Bets on air hockey

Bets on beach football

Bets on squash

Bets on Futsal

Bets on Bowls

Bets on Cricket

Bets on Cybersport

Bet Types

Individual

Sprint

Pursuit

Relay

Mass start

Bet types

Virtual Sport